Home/Catalog/ECS4510-MIB

ECS4510-MIB

The MIB module for ECS4510-Series.
Main OID:
ecs4510MIB.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24
1230
Objects
Active
Status
11
Dependencies

Imported Objects

Objects

1230 total
Object Name
accton
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259
ripRedistributeProtocolProtocol redistributed to Intermediate System: connected static ospf ::= { ripRedistributeEntry 1 } ripRedistributeMetric OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32(0..16) MAX-ACCESS read-create STATUS current DESCRIPTION
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.13
erpsDomainWestRingPortStateThis value displays the west ring port's current state. It displays one of the following states (1) unknown (The port's current state will stay in unknown state if the node's current state is in init state.) (2) blocking are blocked. (3) forwarding normally.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.14
erpsDomainEastRingPortStateThis value displays the east ring port's current state. It displays one of the following states (1) unknown (The port's current state will stay in unknown state if the node's current state is in init state.) (2) blocking are blocked. (3) forwarding normally.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.15
erpsDomainRowStatusThe status of this conceptual row entry. This object is used to manage the creation and deletion of conceptual rows. The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB. Note that other objects can not be modified when the status is active.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.16
erpsDomainMajorDomainIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the erpsDomainTable. A value of 0 means this domain has no major domain. Notes: This objest can not be configured if erpsDomainRingPortEast has a vaule other than 0.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.17
erpsDomainPropagateTCSet to enabled(1) to transmit topology change signal to the major domain. It will not take effect, if erpsDomainMajorDomainIndex has a value of 0.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.18
erpsDomainWestMepIdConfigures a CFM Down MEP on west ring port. A down MEP can be uniquely selected by given a MEPID, domain's MEG level, and domain's control VLAN ID. A value of 0 means no west MEP is configured for this domain.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.20
erpsDomainEastMepIdConfigures a CFM Down MEP on east ring port. A down MEP can be uniquely selected by given a MEPID, domain's MEG level, and domain's control VLAN ID. A value of 0 means no east MEP is configured for this domain.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.21
erpsDomainNonErpsDevProtectSet to enabled(1) to use non-standard protection mechanism for network containing non-ERPS devices.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.22
erpsDomainNodeTypeSet to none(1) to make this node act as a normal node. Set to owner(2) to make this node act as an RPL owner. Set to neighbor(3) to make this node act as an RPL neighbor.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.23
erpsDomainNonRevertiveSet to enabled(1) to enable non-revertive mode operation.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.24
erpsDomainRapsDefMacSet to enabled(1) to use R-APS default MAC.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.25
erpsDomainRapsWithoutVcSet to enabled(1) to enable R-APS sub ring without virtual-channel for a sub domain.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.26
erpsDomainVersionSet to v2(2) to enable ERPS v2 operation.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.27
erpsDomainForcedSwitchSet to west(2) to perform the forced switch command on west ring port of specified domain. Set to east(3) to perform the forced switch command on east ring port of specified domain. The value none(1) will be displayed if no forced switch command is issued on local node.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.28
erpsDomainManualSwitchSet to west(2) to perform the manual switch command on west ring port of specified domain. Set to east(3) to perform the manual switch command on east ring port of specified domain. The value none(1) will be displayed if no manual switch command is issued on local node.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.29
erpsDomainClearSet to clear(1) to perform the clear command on specified domain. The value noClear(2) will always be displayed when reading.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.30
erpsDomainStatsClearActionThis variable is used to clear the counters of specified domain. Set to clear(1) to perform the clear operation. The value noClear(2) will always be displayed when reading.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.31
erpsDomainWtbTimerDisplays the value of the wait-to-block timer in ms which is used by the RPL owner node when recovering from an operator command (i.e. FS or MS). This object will not take effect for a non RPL owner node.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.32
erpsDomainWtbExpireDisplays the time remaining in ms until the wait-to-block timer countdown expires. A value of 0 means no countdown is running.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.33
erpsDomainWtrExpireDisplays the time remaining in seconds until the wait-to-restore timer countdown expires. A value of 0 means no countdown is running.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.34
erpsDomainWestRingPortSfThis value displays the west ring port's current SF state. It displays one of the following states (1) none (2) detected ::= { erpsDomainEntry 35 } erpsDomainEastRingPortSf OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX INTEGER { none(1), detected(2) } MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTIONro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.6.10.120.1.62.2.1.36
edgecorenetworks
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10
edgeCoreNetworksMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1
ecs4510MIBThe MIB module for ECS4510-Series.
MODULE-IDENTITY
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24
ecs4510MIBObjects
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1
switchMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1
switchNumberThe total number of switches present on this system.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.2
switchInfoTableTable of descriptive and status information about the switch units in this system.
SEQUENCE OF SwitchInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3
switchInfoEntryTable providing descriptions and status information for switch units.
SwitchInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1
swUnitIndexThis object identifies the switch within the system for which this entry contains information. This value can never be greater than switchNumber.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.1
swHardwareVerHardware version of the main board.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.2
swMicrocodeVerMicrocode version of the main board.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.3
swLoaderVerLoader version of the main board.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.4
swBootRomVerBoot ROM code version of the main board.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.5
swOpCodeVerOperation code version of the main board.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.6
swPortNumberThe number of ports on this switch.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.7
swPowerStatusIndicates the switch uses internalPower(1), redundantPower(2) or both(3)ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.8
swRoleInSystemIndicates the switch is master(1), backupMaster(2) or slave(3) in this system.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.9
swSerialNumberSerial number of the switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.10
swServiceTagService tag serial-number of the switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.13
swModelNumberModel number of the switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.14
swEpldVerThe EPLD version of the switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.3.1.15
switchOperStateGlobal operation state of the switch.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.4
switchProductId
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5
swProdNameThe product name of this switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.1
swProdManufacturerThe product manufacturer of this switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.2
swProdDescriptionThe product description of this switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.3
swProdVersionThe runtime code version of this switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.4
swProdUrlThe URL of this switch, which we can connect through a web browser.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.5
swIdentifierA unique identifier of the switch in the chassis.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.6
swChassisServiceTagThe service tag of the chassis this switch resides in.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.5.7
switchIndivPowerTableTable about the status of individual power values.
SEQUENCE OF SwitchIndivPowerEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.6
switchIndivPowerEntryTable about the status of individual power.
SwitchIndivPowerEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.6.1
swIndivPowerUnitIndexThis is defined as swUnitIndex.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.6.1.1
swIndivPowerIndex1 means internal power, 2 means external power.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.6.1.2
swIndivPowerStatusnotPresent(1) means not present, green(2) means up, red(3) means down.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.6.1.3
switchJumboFrameStatusenable(1) means the Jumbo Frame is enabled, disabled(2) means the Jumbo Frame is disabled.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.7
amtrMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.8
amtrMacAddrAgingStatusIf this is enabled(1), the MAC address table will age out according to its timer. If this is disabled(2), the MAC address table will not age out.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.8.3
switchThermalTempTableThe table which collects switch temperature information.
SEQUENCE OF SwitchThermalTempEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.11
switchThermalTempEntryA conceptual row of the switchThermalTempTable.
SwitchThermalTempEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.11.1
switchThermalTempUnitIndexThe unit of the switch for stackable device.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.11.1.1
switchThermalTempThermalIndexThe thermal index of the switch.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.11.1.2
switchThermalTempValueThe temperature of the device in degrees Celsius.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.11.1.3
switchRenumberUnitIDThe value renumber will automatically assign an ID to units in the stack; all UNIT IDs will be contiguous. The system configurations are not changed but the system will restart after renumbering is completed.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.14
switchStackingTableTable of descriptive and status information describing the configuration of stacking system.
SEQUENCE OF SwitchStackingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23
switchStackingEntryAn entry in the table, describing the configuration of stacking system of one unit.
SwitchStackingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1
swStackingUnitIndexThis object identifies the switch within the system for which this entry contains information.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1.1
swActiveStackingButtonThis object identifies the active status of stacking button of the switch.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1.2
swConfigStackingButtonThis object identifies the configured status of stacking button of the switch.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1.3
swMasterButtonThis object identifies the master button status of the switch.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1.4
swActiveStackingPortOptionThis object identifies the active option status of stacking port of the switch.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1.5
swConfigStackingPortOptionThis object identifies the configured option status of stacking port of the switch.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.1.23.1.6
portMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2
portTableTable of descriptive and status information describing the configuration of each switch port. This table also contains information about each trunk.
SEQUENCE OF PortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1
portEntryAn entry in the table, describing the configuration of one switch port or trunk.
PortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1
portIndexThe port and the trunk (including trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.1
portNameThe name of the port or trunk. This is the same as ifAlias in the IF-MIB (RFC2863 or later).rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.2
portTypeIndicates the port type of the configuration of the switch.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.3
portSpeedDpxCfgConfigures the speed and duplex mode for a port or trunk, according to: halfDuplex10(2) - 10Mbps and half duplex mode fullDuplex10(3) - 10Mbps and full duplex mode halfDuplex100(4) - 100Mbps and half duplex mode fullDuplex100(5) - 100Mbps and full duplex mode halfDuplex1000(6) - 1000Mbps and half duplex mode fullDuplex1000(7) - 1000Mbps and full duplex mode halfDuplex10g(8) - 10g and half duplex mode fullDuplex10g(9) - 10g and full duplex mode hundredBaseTX port can be set as: halfDuplex10(2) fullDuplex10(3) halfDuplex100(4) fullDuplex100(5) hundredBaseFX port can be set as: fullDuplex100(5) thousandBaseSX port can be set as: fullDuplex1000(7) thousandBaseLX port can be set as: fullDuplex1000(7) thousandBaseT port can be set as: halfDuplex10(2) fullDuplex10(3) halfDuplex100(4) fullDuplex100(5) thousandBaseGBIC port can be set as: fullDuplex1000(7) thousandBaseSfp port can be set as: fullDuplex1000(7) hundredBaseFxScSingleMode port can be set as: fullDuplex100(5) hundredBaseFxScMultiMode port can be set as: fullDuplex100(5) thousandBaseCX port can be set as: fullDuplex1000(7) tenG port can be set as: halfDuplex10g(8) fullDuplex10g(9) The actual operating speed and duplex of the port is given by portSpeedDpxStatus.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.4
portFlowCtrlCfg(1) Flow control mechanism is enabled with tx and rx pause mechansim. If the port type is hundredBaseTX or thousandBaseSX: When the port is operating in halfDuplex mode, the port uses backPressure flow control mechanism. When the port is operating in fullDuplex mode, the port uses IEEE 802.3x flow control mechanism. If the port type is hundredBaseFX: When the port is operating in halfDuplex mode, the port uses backPressure flow control mechanism. When the port is operating in fullDuplex mode, Flow control mechanism will not function. (2) Flow control mechanism is disabled. (5) Flow control mechanism is enabled with tx pause mechanism only. (6) Flow control mechansim is enabled with rx pause mechansim only. Fast ethernet ports can be set as: enabled(1), disabled(2). Gigabit ethernet ports can be set as: enabled(1), disabled(2), tx(5), rx(6). The actual flow control mechanism used is given by portFlowCtrlStatus.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.5
portCapabilitiesPort or trunk capabilities.rw
Bits
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.6
portAutonegotiationWhether auto-negotiation is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.7
portSpeedDpxStatusThe operating speed and duplex mode of the switched port or trunk. If the entry represents a trunk, the speed is that of its individual members unless the member ports have been inconsistently configured in which case the value is error(1).ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.8
portFlowCtrlStatus(2) BackPressure flow control mechanism is used. (3) IEEE 802.3 flow control mechanism is used. (4) Flow control mechanism is disabled. If the entry represents a trunk and the member ports have been inconsistently configured then this value is error(1).ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.9
portTrunkIndexThe trunk to which this port belongs. A value of 0 means that this port does not belong to any trunk. A value greater than zero means that this port belongs to a trunk in the trunkIndex, defined by the corresponding trunkPorts.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.10
portComboForcedModeThis determines the running mode of a combo port. For a non-combo port, this variable has a value of none(1), and setting this variable to none(1) has no effect. For a combo port, this has its own valid values not equal to none(1), and setting this variable to none(1) is not allowed. copperForced(2) is set if user wants to force this combo port to run in copper mode. copperPreferredAuto(3) is obsoleted, and user shall not set this state. sfpForced(4) is set if user wants to force this combo port to run in fiber mode. sfpPreferredAuto(5) is set if user wants to change copper or fiber mode automatically by SFP transceiver present state. If SFP transceiver is present, this combo port will run in fiber mode, and if SFP transceiver is not present, this combo port will run in copper mode.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.12
portMasterSlaveModeCfgConfigures the PHY mode when auto negotiation is disabled and speed-duplex is 1000full for giga copper port.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.15
portMacAddrLearningStatusSet this variable to enabled(1) to start to learn MAC addresses. Set this variable to disabled(2) to stop learning MAC addresses.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.17
portMacAddrLearningCountThe current number of learned MAC addresses.ro
Counter32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.1.1.18
cableDiagMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3
cableDiagCtlActionTo execute cable diagnostics on a port, assign cableDiagCtlAction to the value of ifIndex defined by the ifIndex in the IF-MIB. When read, this object always returns 0.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.1
cableDiagResultTableTable for cable diagnostics result.
SEQUENCE OF CableDiagResultEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2
cableDiagResultEntryEntry for cable diagnostics result.
CableDiagResultEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1
cableDiagResultIfIndexThis is defined as the ifIndex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.1
cableDiagResultStatusPairAThe result of cable diagnostics. Value notTestedYet(1) means the pair is not tested yet. Value ok(2) means the pair works well. Value open(3) means there is a lack of continuity between pins at each end of the pair. Value short(4) means conductors are short-circuited together on the pair. Value impedanceMismatch(8) means different quality cables connected together. Value failed(9) means test failed. Value notSupported(10) means cable diagnostics is not supported. Value noCable(11) means there is no connected cable. Value underTesting(12) means cable diag is still running. Value unknown(7) means pair has an error matching none of the above.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.2
cableDiagResultStatusPairBThe result of cable diagnostics. Value notTestedYet(1) means the pair is not tested yet. Value ok(2) means the pair works well. Value open(3) means there is a lack of continuity between pins at each end of the pair. Value short(4) means conductors are short-circuited together on the pair. Value impedanceMismatch(8) means different quality cables connected together. Value failed(9) means test failed. Value notSupported(10) means cable diagnostics is not supported. Value noCable(11) means there is no connected cable. Value underTesting(12) means cable diag is still running. Value unknown(7) means pair has an error matching none of the above.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.3
cableDiagResultStatusPairCThe result of cable diagnostics. Value notTestedYet(1) means the pair is not tested yet. Value ok(2) means the pair works well. Value open(3) means there is a lack of continuity between pins at each end of the pair. Value short(4) means conductors are short-circuited together on the pair. Value impedanceMismatch(8) means different quality cables connected together. Value failed(9) means test failed. Value notSupported(10) means cable diagnostics is not supported. Value noCable(11) means there is no connected cable. Value underTesting(12) means cable diag is still running. Value unknown(7) means pair has an error matching none of the above.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.4
cableDiagResultStatusPairDThe result of cable diagnostics. Value notTestedYet(1) means the pair is not tested yet. Value ok(2) means the pair works well. Value open(3) means there is a lack of continuity between pins at each end of the pair. Value short(4) means conductors are short-circuited together on the pair. Value impedanceMismatch(8) means different quality cables connected together. Value failed(9) means test failed. Value notSupported(10) means cable diagnostics is not supported. Value noCable(11) means there is no connected cable. Value underTesting(12) means cable diag is still running. Value unknown(7) means pair has an error matching none of the above.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.5
cableDiagResultDistancePairADisplays the fault distance of pair A of the cable in meters. 0 will be displayed if cableDiagResultStatusPairA equals to Value underTesting(12).ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.6
cableDiagResultDistancePairBDisplays the fault distance of pair B of the cable in meters. 0 will be displayed if cableDiagResultStatusPairB equals to Value underTesting(12).ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.7
cableDiagResultDistancePairCDisplays the fault distance of pair C of the cable in meters. 0 will be displayed if cableDiagResultStatusPairC equals to Value underTesting(12).ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.8
cableDiagResultDistancePairDDisplays the fault distance of pair D of the cable in meters. 0 will be displayed if cableDiagResultStatusPairD equals to Value underTesting(12).ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.9
cableDiagResultTimeDisplays the last time of cable diagnostics. For example, 'Jan 1 02:03:04 2002'.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.3.2.1.11
loopbackTestMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4
loopInternalCtlActionTo execute internal loopback test on a port, assign loopInternalCtlAction to the value of ifIndex defined by the ifIndex in the IF-MIB. When read, this object always returns 0.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4.1
loopInternalResultTableTable for internal loopback test result.
SEQUENCE OF LoopInternalResultEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4.2
loopInternalResultEntryEntry for internal loopback test result.
LoopInternalResultEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4.2.1
loopInternalResultIfIndexThis is defined as the ifIndex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4.2.1.1
loopInternalResultStatusThe result of internal loopback.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4.2.1.2
loopInternalResultTimeDisplays the last time of internal loopback. For example, 'Jan 1 02:03:04 2002'.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.4.2.1.3
portUtilTableDispalys port utilization during recent 300 seconds.
SEQUENCE OF PortUtilEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6
portUtilEntryDispalys port utilization during recent 300 seconds.
PortUtilEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1
portUtilIfIndexThe port and trunk interface of the portUtilTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.1
portInOctetRateThe input octet rate (kbits/sec) of the port.ro
Counter64
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.2
portInPacketRateThe input packet rate (pkts/sec) of the port.ro
Counter64
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.3
portInUtilThe input utilization of the port, in one per hundred.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.4
portOutOctetRateThe output octet rate (kbits/sec) of the port.ro
Counter64
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.5
portOutPacketRateThe output packet rate (pkts/sec) of the port.ro
Counter64
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.6
portOutUtilThe output utilization of the port, in one per hundred.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.6.1.7
portVlanTrunkingTableConfigures vlan trunking feature.
SEQUENCE OF PortVlanTrunkingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.7
portVlanTrunkingEntryConfigures vlan trunking feature.
PortVlanTrunkingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.7.1
portVlanTrunkingIfIndexThe port and trunk interface of the portVlanTrunkingTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.7.1.1
portVlanTrunkingStatusWhether vlan trunking is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.7.1.2
portMediaInfoTableThis table lists the information of the media device (SFP/XFP/Copper) installed in the physical port. Only the ifIndices of Ethernet ports associated with the operational cards will be included in this table.
SEQUENCE OF PortMediaInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10
portMediaInfoEntryAn entry in the Interface Media Information table. The ifIndices of ethernet interfaces will be used to index this table.
PortMediaInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1
portMediaInfoIfIndexifindex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.1
portMediaInfoConnectorTypeThe connector type.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.2
portMediaInfoFiberTypeThe fiber type.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.3
portMediaInfoEthComplianceCodesThe ethernet compliance codes.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.4
portMediaInfoBaudRateThe baud rate.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.5
portMediaInfoVendorOUIThe OUI of the vendor.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.6
portMediaInfoVendorNameThe media vendor name, full name of the corporation.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.7
portMediaInfoPartNumberThe media vendor part number.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.8
portMediaInfoRevisionThe media vendor product version number.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.9
portMediaInfoSerialNumberThe vendor serial number of the media device.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.10
portMediaInfoDateCodeThe date code of the media device.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.10.1.11
portOpticalMonitoringInfoTableThis table lists the instrumented parameters of all optical interfaces.
SEQUENCE OF PortOpticalMonitoringInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11
portOpticalMonitoringInfoEntryOnly the ifIndices of optical interfaces whose parameters need to be monitored will be used to index this table.
PortOpticalMonitoringInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1
portOpticalMonitoringInfoIfIndexifindex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1.1
portOpticalMonitoringInfoTemperatureThis object holds the value of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface. This object indicates the health of the transmitter. The format is xxx.yyyy C(elcius). If the device supports ALARM WARNING TRAP, then followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1.2
portOpticalMonitoringInfoVccThis object holds the value of the Vcc. It is measured in V. If the device supports ALARM WARNING TRAP, then followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1.3
portOpticalMonitoringInfoTxBiasCurrentTx Bias Current. It is measured in mA. If the device supports ALARM WARNING TRAP, then followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1.4
portOpticalMonitoringInfoTxPowerThis object holds the value of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm. If the device supports ALARM WARNING TRAP, then followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1.5
portOpticalMonitoringInfoRxPowerThis object holds the value of the receiver optical signal power for the interface, measured in dBm. If the device support ALARM WARNING TRAP, then followed by whether the measured value is normal, high/low alarm or high/low warning.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.11.1.6
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTableThis table lists the threshold of transceivers.
SEQUENCE OF PortTransceiverThresholdInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12
portTransceiverThresholdInfoEntryIdentify the index of the transceiver
PortTransceiverThresholdInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1
portTransceiverThresholdInfoIfIndexifindex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.1
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTemperatureLowAlarmThis object holds the low alarm threshold of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.2
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTemperatureLowWarnThis object holds the low warning threshold of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.3
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTemperatureHighWarnThis object holds the high warning threshold of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.4
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTemperatureHighAlarmThis object holds the high alarm threshold of the transmitter laser diode temperature for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.5
portTransceiverThresholdInfoVccLowAlarmThis object holds the low alarm threshold of the Vcc.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.6
portTransceiverThresholdInfoVccLowWarnThis object holds the low warning threshold of the Vcc.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.7
portTransceiverThresholdInfoVccHighWarnThis object holds the high warning threshold of the Vcc.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.8
portTransceiverThresholdInfoVccHighAlarmThis object holds the high alarm threshold of the Vcc.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.9
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxBiasCurrentLowAlarmlow alarm threshold of Tx Bias Current.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.10
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxBiasCurrentLowWarnlow warning threshold of Tx Bias Current.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.11
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxBiasCurrentHighWarnhigh warning threshold of Tx Bias Current.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.12
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxBiasCurrentHighAlarmhigh alarm threshold of Tx Bias Current.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.13
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxPowerLowAlarmThis object holds the low alarm threshold of the transmitter optical signal power for theinterface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.14
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxPowerLowWarnThis object holds the low warning threshold of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.15
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxPowerHighWarnThis object holds the high warning threshold of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.16
portTransceiverThresholdInfoTxPowerHighAlarmThis object holds the high alarm threshold of the transmitter optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.17
portTransceiverThresholdInfoRxPowerLowAlarmThis object holds the low alarm threshold of the receiver optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.18
portTransceiverThresholdInfoRxPowerLowWarnThis object holds the low warning threshold of the receiver optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.19
portTransceiverThresholdInfoRxPowerHighWarnThis object holds the high warning threshold of the receiver optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.20
portTransceiverThresholdInfoRxPowerHighAlarmThis object holds the high alarm threshold of the receiver optical signal power for the interface.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.21
portTransceiverThresholdAutoModeIndicates the transceiver threshold is retrieved from EEPROM or configured by user.rw
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.2.12.1.22
trunkMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3
trunkMaxIdThe maximum number for a trunk identifier.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.1
trunkValidNumberThe number of valid trunks.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.2
trunkTableTable describing the configuration and status of each trunk.
SEQUENCE OF TrunkEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.3
trunkEntryAn entry describing the configuration and status of a particular trunk.
TrunkEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.3.1
trunkIndexIdentifies the trunk within the switch that is described by the table entry.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.3.1.1
trunkPortsThe complete set of ports currently associated with this trunk.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.3.1.2
trunkCreationA value of static(1) means a statically configured trunk. A value of lacp(2) means an LACP-configured trunk.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.3.1.3
trunkStatusWriting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Writing this to invalid(2) destroys an entry. A trunk created by LACP cannot be manually destroyed or (re)configured.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.3.1.4
trunkBalanceModeThis defines the load balancing mode of trunks in the system. It may be based on source and/or destination MAC address or IP address. macSrc(1) means source MAC address. macDst(2) means destination MAC address. macSrcDst(3) means source and destination MAC address. ipSrc(4) means source IP address. ipDst(5) means destination IP address. ipSrcDst(6) means source and destination IP address.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.3.4
lacpMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.4
lacpPortTableTable for LACP port configuration.
SEQUENCE OF LacpPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.4.1
lacpPortEntryEntry for LACP port configuration. While an entry may exist for a particular port, the port may not support LACP and an attempt to enable LACP may result in failure.
LacpPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.4.1.1
lacpPortIndexThe port interface of the lacpPortTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.4.1.1.1
lacpPortStatusWhether 802.3ad LACP is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.4.1.1.2
staMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5
staSystemStatusGlobal spanning tree status. (1) Spanning tree protocol is enabled. (2) Spanning tree protocol is disabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.1
staPortTableThe table manages port settings for Spanning Tree Protocol 802.1d, 802.1w or 802.1s depending on the value specified by staProtocolType.
SEQUENCE OF StaPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2
staPortEntryThe conceptual entry of staPortTable.
StaPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1
staPortProtocolMigrationWhen operating in RSTP (version 2) mode, writing true(1) to this object forces this port to transmit RSTP BPDUs. Any other operation on this object has no effect and it always returns false(2) when read.rw
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.3
staPortOperEdgePortThe operational value of the edge port parameter. The object is initialized to the value of staPortAdminEdgePort and is set false when a BPDU is received.ro
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.5
staPortAdminPointToPointThe administrative point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port. A value of forceTrue(0) indicates that this port should always be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point link. A value of forceFalse(1) indicates that this port should be treated as having a shared media connection. A value of auto(2) indicates that this port is considered to have a point-to-point link if it is an Aggregator and all of its members are aggregatable, or if the MAC entity is configured for full duplex operation, either through auto-negotiation or by management means.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.6
staPortOperPointToPointThe operational point-to-point status of the LAN segment attached to this port. This indicates whether a port is considered to have a point-to-point connection or not. The value is determined by management or by auto-detection, as described in the staPortAdminPointToPoint object.ro
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.7
staPortSystemStatusPer-port spanning tree status. (1) Spanning tree protocol is enabled. (2) Spanning tree protocol is disabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.9
staPortLongAdminPathCostThe admin value of the RSTP path cost or MST external pathcost. The contribution of this port to the path cost (in 32 bits value) of paths towards the spanning tree root which include this port. This object is used to configure the spanning tree port path cost in the 32-bit value range when the staPathCostMethod is long(2). If the staPathCostMethod is short(1), this mib object is not instantiated. Setting this to 0 means that the path cost is automatically determined. In this case, read staPortLongOperPathCost to get the oper value.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.10
staPortLongOperPathCostThe oper value of the RSTP path cost or MST external pathcost. The contribution of this port to the path cost (in 32 bits value) of paths towards the spanning tree root which include this port. This object is used to configure the spanning tree port path cost in the 32-bit value range when the staPathCostMethod is long(2). If the staPathCostMethod is short(1), this mib object is not instantiated.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.11
staPortBpduFloodingThis parameter is used to configure the capability of BPDU flooding.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.12
staPortBpduGuardA value of enabled(1) indicates that BPDU port guard feature is enabled for each port. A value of disabled(2) indicates that the feature is disabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.15
staPortAdminEdgePortWithAutoThe administrative value of the edge port parameter. A value of enable(1) indicates that this port should be assumed as an edge-port, a value of disable(2) indicates that this port should be assumed as a non-edge-port and a value of auto (3) indicates this port in RSPT or MSTP mode should be assumed as an edge-port after migration or max age expires without receiving any BPDU and sending BPDU with proposal flag on.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.16
staPortBpduFilterThe administrative value of the BPDU filter parameter. A value of enabled(1) indicates that this port will avoid transmitting BPDUs on edge-port and the value of disabled(2) indicates that this port will not avoid transmitting BPDUs on edge-port.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.17
staPortRootGuardStatusSpecifies the desired status of root guard. This variable configures the root guard feature to enforce the root bridge placement in the network.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.18
staPortBpduGuardAutoRecoveryA value of enabled(1) indicates that BPDU port guard auto recovery mechanism is enabled for this port. A value of disabled(2) indicates that the mechanism is disabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.19
staPortBpduGuardAutoRecoveryIntervalThe interval in seconds used by BPDU guard auto recovery mechanism.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.20
staPortTcPropStopStop topology change propogate on this ifindex. Don't enable on potential ring port.rw
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.2.1.21
staProtocolTypeThe version of Spanning Tree Protocol the bridge is currently running. The value 'stp(1)' indicates the Spanning Tree Protocol is as specified in IEEE 802.1D,'rstp(2)' indicates that the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol is as specified in IEEE 802.1w, and the value 'mstp(3)' indicates that the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol is as specified in IEEE 802.1s. New values may be defined in the future as new or updated versions of the protocol become available.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.3
staTxHoldCountThe value used by the Port Transmit state machine to limit the maximum transmission rate.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.4
staPathCostMethodIndicates the type of spanning tree path cost mode configured on the switch. This mode applies to all instances of the spanning tree protocol running on the switch. When the value of this MIB object is changed, the path cost of all ports will be reassigned to the default path cost values based on the new spanning tree path cost mode and the ports' speed. When the value of this MIB object is set to long(2), the staPortLongPathCost MIB object must be used to retrieve/configure the spanning tree port path cost as a 32-bit value. The set operation on dot1dStpPortPathCost in BRIDGE-MIB will be rejected. While retrieving the value of dot1dStpPortPathCost, the maximum value of 65535 will be returned if the value of staPortLongPathCost for the same instance exceeds 65535. When the value of this MIB object is set to short(1), the dot1dStpPortPathCost in BRIDGE-MIB must be used.rw
StaPathCostMode
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.5
xstMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6
mstNameThe name of the Multiple Spanning Tree region.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.1
mstRevisionThe Revision number of the Multiple Spanning Tree region.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.2
mstMaxHopsThe max hop number counts of the Multiple Spanning Tree region.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.3
xstInstanceCfgTableThis table is used to configure the property of a specific instance in Multiple Spanning Tree or Rapid Spanning Tree. If Rapid Spanning Tree protocol is in use, the mstInstanceEditIndex is always 0.
SEQUENCE OF XstInstanceCfgEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4
xstInstanceCfgEntryA conceptual row containing the property of the RST or MST instance.
XstInstanceCfgEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1
xstInstanceCfgIndexAn arbitrary integer within the range from 1 to the value of the maximum instance that uniquely identifies a spanning tree instance.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.1
xstInstanceCfgPriorityThe priority of a specific spanning tree instance. The value assigned should be in the range 0-61440 in steps of 4096.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.2
xstInstanceCfgTimeSinceTopologyChangeThe time (in hundredths of a second) since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity in RST or MST.ro
TimeTicks (SNMPv2-SMI)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.3
xstInstanceCfgTopChangesThe total number of topology changes detected by this bridge in RST or MST since the management entity was last reset or initialized.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.4
xstInstanceCfgDesignatedRootThe bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol. (802.1s) or Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1w) executed by this node. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node.ro
BridgeId (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.5
xstInstanceCfgRootCostThe cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge of the RST or MST.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.6
xstInstanceCfgRootPortThe number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge of the RST or MST.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.7
xstInstanceCfgMaxAgeThe maximum age of Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1s) or Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1w) information learned from the network on any port before it is discarded, in units of hundredths of a second. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.8
xstInstanceCfgHelloTimeThe amount of time between the transmission of configuration bridge PDUs by this node on any port when it is the root of the specific spanning tree or trying to become so, in units of hundredths of a second. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using in RST or MST.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.9
xstInstanceCfgHoldTimeThis time value determines the interval length during which no more than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node, in units of hundredths of a second.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.10
xstInstanceCfgForwardDelayFor RST or MST protocol, this time value, measured in units of hundredths of a second, controls how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. The value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. This value is also used, when a topology change has been detected and is underway, to age all dynamic entries in the forwarding database. This value is the current value being used by the bridge. xstInstanceCfgBridgeForwardDelay defines the value that this bridge and all others would start using if/when this bridge were to become the root.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.11
xstInstanceCfgBridgeMaxAgeFor RST or MST protocol, the time (in hundredths of a second) that all bridges use for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. Note that 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of xstInstanceCfgBridgeHelloTime. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be 1 second.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.12
xstInstanceCfgBridgeHelloTimeFor RST or MST protocol,the time (in hundredths of a second) that all bridges use for HelloTime when this bridge is acting as the root. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be 1 second.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.13
xstInstanceCfgBridgeForwardDelayFor RST or MST protocol, the time (in hundredths of a second) that all bridges use for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. Note that 802.1D-1990 specifies that the range for this parameter is related to the value of xstInstanceCfgBridgeMaxAge. The granularity of this timer is specified by 802.1D-1990 to be 1 second.ro
Timeout (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.14
xstInstanceCfgTxHoldCountFor RST or MST protocol, the value used by the port transmit state machine to limit the maximum transmission rate.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.15
xstInstanceCfgPathCostMethodFor RST or MST protocol, this indicates the type of spanning tree path cost mode used by the switch. The mode applies to all instances of the Spanning Tree protocol running on the switch. When the value of this MIB object is changed, the path cost of all ports will be reassigned to the default path cost values based on the new spanning tree path cost mode and the ports' speed. When the value of this MIB object is set to long(2), the xstInstancePortPathCost MIB object must be used in order to retrieve/configure the spanning tree port path cost as a 32-bit value. The set operation on dot1dStpPortPathCost in BRIDGE-MIB will be rejected. While retrieving the value of dot1dStpPortPathCost, the maximum value of 65535 will be returned if the value of xstInstancePortPathCost for the same instance exceeds 65535. When the value of this MIB object is set to short(1), the dot1dStpPortPathCost in BRIDGE-MIB must be used.ro
StaPathCostMode
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.4.1.16
xstInstancePortTableThe extension table for dot1dStpPortEntry to provide additional Spanning Tree information and configuration.
SEQUENCE OF XstInstancePortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5
xstInstancePortEntryThe conceptual row for xstInstancePortTable.
XstInstancePortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1
xstInstancePortPriorityDefines the priority used for this port in the Spanning Tree Algorithm. If the path cost for all ports on a switch is the same, the port with the highest priority (i.e., lowest value) will be configured as an active link in the Spanning Tree. This makes a port with higher priority less likely to be blocked if the Spanning Tree Algorithm is detecting network loops. Where more than one port is assigned the highest priority, the port with lowest numeric identifier will be enabled.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.3
xstInstancePortStateThe port's current state as defined by application of the Spanning Tree Protocol. This state controls what action a port takes on reception of a frame: discarding(1): Port receives configuration messages, but does not forward packets. learning(2): Port has transmitted configuration messages for an interval set by the Forward Delay parameter without receiving contradictory information. Port address table is cleared, and the port begins learning addresses. forwarding(3): Port forwards packets, and continues learning addresses. For ports which are disabled (see xstInstancePortEnable), this object will have a value of discarding(1).ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.4
xstInstancePortEnableThe enabled/disabled status of the port.ro
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.5
xstInstancePortDesignatedRootThe unique bridge identifier of the bridge recorded as the root in the configuration BPDUs transmitted by the designated bridge for the segment to which the port is attached.ro
BridgeId (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.7
xstInstancePortDesignatedCostThe path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to this port. This value is compared to the root path cost field in received bridge PDUs.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.8
xstInstancePortDesignatedBridgeThe bridge identifier of the bridge which this port considers to be the designated bridge for this port's segment.ro
BridgeId (BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.9
xstInstancePortDesignatedPortThe port identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port's segment.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.10
xstInstancePortForwardTransitionsThe number of times this port has transitioned from the learning state to the forwarding state.ro
Counter32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.11
xstInstancePortPortRoleThe role of the port in the RST or MST protocol: (1) The port has no role within the spanning tree (2) The port is part of the active topology connecting the bridge to the root bridge (i.e., root port) (3) The port is connecting a LAN through the bridge to the root bridge (i.e., designated port) (4) The port may provide connectivity if other bridges, bridge ports, or LANs fail or are removed. (5) The port provides backup if other bridges, bridge ports, or LANs fail or are removed. (6) For MST protocol only, indicates whether this instance is in a master role.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.12
xstInstancePortAdminPathCostThe admin value of the MST internal pathcost, in the range of 1 to 200000000. This parameter is used to determine the best path between devices. Therefore, lower values should be assigned to ports attached to faster media, and higher values assigned to ports with slower media. (Path cost takes precedence over port priority).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.13
xstInstancePortOperPathCostThe oper value of the RST pathcost or MST internal pathcost, in the range of 1 to 200000000. This parameter is used to determine the best path between devices. Therefore, lower values should be assigned to ports attached to faster media, and higher values assigned to ports with slower media. (Path cost takes precedence over port priority).ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.5.1.14
mstInstanceEditTableThe Multiple Spanning Tree region instance vlan configuration table. Please read the actual instance vlan mapped in the mstInstanceOperTable.
SEQUENCE OF MstInstanceEditEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6
mstInstanceEditEntryA conceptual row containing the status of the MSTP instance.
MstInstanceEditEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1
mstInstanceEditIndexAn arbitrary integer within the range from 1 to the value of the maximum instance that uniquely identifies a spanning tree instance.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1.1
mstInstanceEditVlansMapA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 0 through 7; the second octet to VLANs 8 through 15; etc., The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'. To create a row, write any of mstInstanceEditVlansMap, mstInstanceEditVlansMap2k, mstInstanceEditVlansMap3k or mstInstanceEditVlansMap4k, to a non-empty list. To destroy a row, write all of these four variables to an empty list.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1.2
mstInstanceEditVlansMap2kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANS with vlanIndex values of 1024 through 2047. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet to VLANs 1032 through 1039; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'. To create a row, write any of mstInstanceEditVlansMap, mstInstanceEditVlansMap2k, mstInstanceEditVlansMap3k or mstInstanceEditVlansMap4k, to a non-empty list. To destroy a row, write all of these four variables to an empty list.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1.3
mstInstanceEditVlansMap3kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANS with vlanIndex values of 2048 through 3071. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 2048 through 2055; the second octet to VLANs 2056 through 2063; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'. To create a row, write any of mstInstanceEditVlansMap, mstInstanceEditVlansMap2k, mstInstanceEditVlansMap3k or mstInstanceEditVlansMap4k, to a non-empty list. To destroy a row, write all of these four variables to an empty list.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1.4
mstInstanceEditVlansMap4kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANS with vlanIndex values of 3072 through 4095. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 3072 through 3079; the second octet to VLANs 3080 through 3087; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'. To create a row, write any of mstInstanceEditVlansMap, mstInstanceEditVlansMap2k, mstInstanceEditVlansMap3k or mstInstanceEditVlansMap4k, to a non-empty list. To destroy a row, write all of these four variables to an empty list.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1.5
mstInstanceEditRemainingHopsThe remaining hop count for this MST instance.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.6.1.6
mstInstanceOperTableThe Multiple Spanning Tree region instance vlan mapped table.
SEQUENCE OF MstInstanceOperEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7
mstInstanceOperEntryA conceptual row containing the status of the MSTP instance.
MstInstanceOperEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7.1
mstInstanceOperIndexAn arbitrary integer within the range from 1 to the value of the maximum instance that uniquely identifies a spanning tree instance.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7.1.1
mstInstanceOperVlansMapA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 0 through 7; the second octet to VLANs 8 through 15; etc., The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7.1.2
mstInstanceOperVlansMap2kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANS with vlanIndex values of 1024 through 2047. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet to VLANs 1032 through 1039; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7.1.3
mstInstanceOperVlansMap3kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANS with vlanIndex values of 2048 through 3071. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 2048 through 2055; the second octet to VLANs 2056 through 2063; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7.1.4
mstInstanceOperVlansMap4kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANS with vlanIndex values of 3072 through 4095. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with vlanIndex values of 3072 through 3079; the second octet to VLANs 3080 through 3087; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value vlanIndex in that octet. For each VLAN, if it is mapped to this MSTP instance, then the bit corresponding to that VLAN is set to '1'.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.6.7.1.5
staLoopbackDetectionPortTableA table providing the mechanism to configure the spanning tree loopback detection of each port or trunk
SEQUENCE OF StaLoopbackDetectionPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8
staLoopbackDetectionPortEntryA conceptual row of staLoopbackDetectionPortTable.
StaLoopbackDetectionPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8.1
staLoopbackDetectionPortIfIndexThe port and the trunk interfaces of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.ro
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8.1.1
staLoopbackDetectionPortStatusStatus of the port on whether spanning tree loopback detection is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8.1.2
staLoopbackDetectionPortTrapStatusThe parameter indicates whether the trap has to be sent when loopback BPDUs have been detected.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8.1.3
staLoopbackDetectionPortReleaseModeSetting it to auto(1) indicates that this port can be released from discarding state automatically after loopback has occurred. Setting it to manual(2) indicates that this port can be released from discarding state manually after loopback has occurred.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8.1.4
staLoopbackDetectionPortReleaseSet this to release(2) to release the port from discarding state. noRelease(1) will always be obtained when reading this variable.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.8.1.5
staSystemBPDUFloodingGlobal BPDU flooding behavior configuration. When BPDU is received on spanning tree disabled port. (1) BPDU is flooded to all other spanning tree disabled ports in vlan that received BPDU. (2) BPDU is flooded to all other spanning tree disabled ports.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.9
staTcPropGroupTableTable describing the configuration of each TC propagation group.
SEQUENCE OF StaTcPropGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.10
staTcPropGroupEntryAn entry describing the configuration of a particular TC propagation group.
StaTcPropGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.10.1
staTcPropGroupIndexIdentifies the TC propagation group within the switch that is described by the table entry.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.10.1.1
staTcPropGroupPortsThe complete set of ports currently associated with this TC propagation group. A port can only belong to one group. If a port detects a topology change, this port only notifies other ports in the same group to propagate this topology change, and only needs to clear MAC address learned on these ports.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.5.10.1.2
restartMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.7
restartOpCodeFileName of op-code file for start-up.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.7.1
restartConfigFileName of configuration file for start-up.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.7.2
restartControlSetting this object to warmBoot(2) causes the device to reinitialize itself such that neither the agent configuration nor the protocol entity implementation is altered. Setting this object to coldBoot(3) causes the device to reinitialize itself such that the agent's configuration or the protocol entity implementation may be altered. When the device is running normally, this variable has a value of running(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.7.3
mirrorMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8
mirrorTableTable for port mirroring, enabling a port to be mirrored to/from another port. Not all ports can be mirrored and limitations may apply as to which ports can be used as either source or destination ports.
SEQUENCE OF MirrorEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.1
mirrorEntryThe conceptual row of mirrorTable.
MirrorEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.1.1
mirrorDestinationPortThe destination port interface for mirrored packets. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.1.1.1
mirrorSourcePortThe source port interface for mirrored packets. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.1.1.2
mirrorTypeIf this value is rx(1), receive packets will be mirrored. If this value is tx(2), transmit packets will be mirrored. If this value is both(3), both receive and transmit packets will be mirrored.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.1.1.3
mirrorStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.1.1.4
vlanMirrorTableTable for VLAN mirroring, enabling a VLAN to be mirrored to a port.
SEQUENCE OF VlanMirrorEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.2
vlanMirrorEntryThe conceptual row of vlanMirrorTable.
VlanMirrorEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.2.1
vlanMirrorDestinationPortThe destination port interface for mirrored packets. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.2.1.1
vlanMirrorSourceVlanThe source VLAN for mirrored packets. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.2.1.2
vlanMirrorStatusSet this to valid(1) to create an entry. Set this to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.2.1.4
rspanTableA table that contains the settings of RSPAN.
SEQUENCE OF RspanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3
rspanEntryThe conceptual row of rspanTable.
RspanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1
rspanSessionIdThe session ID that may specify an entry in the table which contains destination port(s) information.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.1
rspanSrcTxPortsSpecifies the source port list in tx mode.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.2
rspanSrcRxPortsSpecifies the source port list in rx mode.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.3
rspanDstPortThe port number of a destination port. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.4
rspanDstPortTagSpecifies the traffic which is sent out from source port with RSPAN VLAN ID or not.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.5
rspanSwitchRoleSpecifies the role of current switch.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.6
rspanRemotePortsSpecifies the uplink port list.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.7
rspanRemoteVlanIdSpecifies the ID of a RSPAN VLAN.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.8
rspanOperStatusThe operational status of the entry. A status of up(1) means the setting of a session is complete and it has started performing its function. A status of down(2) means no function is performed because of incompleted session setting.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.9
rspanStatusSet this to valid(1) to create an entry. Set this to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.3.1.10
macMirrorTableTable for MAC mirroring, enabling a MAC address to be mirrored to a port.
SEQUENCE OF MacMirrorEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.4
macMirrorEntryThe conceptual row of mirrorMacTable.
MacMirrorEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.4.1
macMirrorDestinationPortThe destination port interface for mirrored packets. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.4.1.1
macMirrorSourceMacAddrPackets with matching source MAC address will be monitored.
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.4.1.2
macMirrorStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.8.4.1.3
igmpSnoopMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9
igmpSnoopStatusParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping on the device. When enabled, the device will examine IGMP packets and set up filters for IGMP ports.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.1
igmpSnoopQuerierEnables (disables) whether the switch acts as an IGMP querier.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.2
igmpSnoopRouterPortExpireTimeSets the time (in seconds) the switch waits after the previous querier has stopped querying before the router port (which received query packets from previous querier) expires.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.6
igmpSnoopVersionIGMP version snoopedrw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.7
igmpSnoopRouterCurrentTableTable for current router ports.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopRouterCurrentEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.8
igmpSnoopRouterCurrentEntryEntry for current router ports.
IgmpSnoopRouterCurrentEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.8.1
igmpSnoopRouterCurrentVlanIndexThe interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. The entry will only appear here after a configure to igmpSnoopRouterStaticTable.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.8.1.1
igmpSnoopRouterCurrentPortsThe set of ports which are current router ports, including static router ports. Please refer to igmpSnoopRouterStaticTable.ro
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.8.1.2
igmpSnoopRouterCurrentStatusThe set of ports which are static router ports.ro
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.8.1.3
igmpSnoopRouterStaticTableTable for static router ports.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopRouterStaticEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.9
igmpSnoopRouterStaticEntryEntry for static router ports.
IgmpSnoopRouterStaticEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.9.1
igmpSnoopRouterStaticVlanIndexThe interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. The entry will only appear here after a configure to igmpSnoopRouterStaticTable.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.9.1.1
igmpSnoopRouterStaticPortsThe set of ports which are static router ports.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.9.1.2
igmpSnoopRouterStaticStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.9.1.3
igmpSnoopMulticastCurrentTableTable for current multicast addresses.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopMulticastCurrentEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.10
igmpSnoopMulticastCurrentEntryEntry for current multicast addresses.
IgmpSnoopMulticastCurrentEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.10.1
igmpSnoopMulticastCurrentVlanIndexThe interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. The entry will only appear here after a configure to igmpSnoopMulticastStaticTable.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.10.1.1
igmpSnoopMulticastCurrentIpAddressIP address of multicast group.
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.10.1.2
igmpSnoopMulticastCurrentPortsThe set of ports which are members of a multicast group, including static members. Please refer to igmpSnoopMulticastStaticTable.ro
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.10.1.3
igmpSnoopMulticastCurrentStatusThe set of ports which are static members.ro
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.10.1.4
igmpSnoopMulticastStaticTableTable for static multicast addresses.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopMulticastStaticEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.11
igmpSnoopMulticastStaticEntryEntry for static multicast addresses.
IgmpSnoopMulticastStaticEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.11.1
igmpSnoopMulticastStaticVlanIndexThe interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. The entry will only appear here after a configure to igmpSnoopMulticastStaticTable.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.11.1.1
igmpSnoopMulticastStaticIpAddressIP address of multicast group.
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.11.1.2
igmpSnoopMulticastStaticPortsThe set of ports which are members.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.11.1.3
igmpSnoopMulticastStaticStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.11.1.4
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanTableTable for enabling or disabling IGMP snooping per VLAN.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopCurrentVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanEntryEntry for enabling or disabling IGMP snooping.
IgmpSnoopCurrentVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanIndexSame is dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. This table has only one entry - the entry for the VLAN of the management interface.
VlanIndex (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.1
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanStatusParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping on this VLAN. When enabled, the device will examine IGMP packets and set up filters for IGMP ports.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.2
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanImmediateLeaveThe parameter to enable or disable the Immediate-Leave feature on this VLAN.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.3
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanGeneralQuerySuppressionThe parameter to enable or disable general query suppresion on this VLAN.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.4
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanLastMemQueryCountRepresents the number of queries sent by the switch before it assumes there are no local members.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.5
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanLastMemQueryIntvlThe last member query interval is the max response time inserted into group-specific queries sent in response to leave group messages,and is also the the max response time inserted into group-and-source-specific query messages.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.6
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanProxyAddressRepresents the address of queries sent by the switch.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.7
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanQueryIntvlRepresents the query interval of queries sent by the switch.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.8
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanQueryRespIntvlRepresents the query response interval of queries sent by the switch.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.9
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanProxyReportingSet this variable to enabled(1) to enable the feature. Set this variable to disabled(2) to disable the feature. Set this variable to default(3), the status of the feature is decided by the global configuration.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.10
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanVersionThe version of igmp packets supported by this vlan.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.11
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanVersionExclusiveEnable/disable control of the IGMP Snooping exclusive supported version.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.12
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanReportSupressionSet this variable to enabled(1) to enable the feature. Set this variable to disabled(2) to disable the feature. Set this variable to default(0), the status of the feature is decided by the global configuration.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.13
igmpSnoopCurrentVlanImmediateLeaveByHostIpThe parameter to enable or disable the Immediate-Leave feature by host ip on this VLAN.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.14.1.14
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupTableTable for current multicast addresses.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopMulticastGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupEntryEntry for Group multicast addresses.
IgmpSnoopMulticastGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15.1
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupVlanIndexThe interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. The entry will only appear here after a configure to igmpSnoopMulticastStaticTable.
VlanIndex (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15.1.1
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupIpAddressIP address of multicast group.
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15.1.2
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupSourceIPAddressSource IP address of source.
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15.1.3
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupPortsThe set of ports which are members of a multicast group, including static members. Please refer to igmpSnoopMulticastStaticTable.ro
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15.1.4
igmpSnoopMulticastGroupStatusThe set of ports which are static IGMP member ports.ro
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.15.1.5
igmpSnoopFilterStatusParameter to enable or disable IGMP filtering on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.17
igmpSnoopProfileTableThe table for configuring the IGMP snooping profile.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopProfileEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.18
igmpSnoopProfileEntryThe entry for configuring the IGMP snooping profile.
IgmpSnoopProfileEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.18.1
igmpSnoopProfileIdThe ID of the IGMP snooping profile.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.18.1.1
igmpSnoopProfileActionThe access mode of the IGMP snooping profile.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.18.1.2
igmpSnoopProfileStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.18.1.3
igmpSnoopProfileCtl
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.19
igmpSnoopProfileCtlIdThe ID of the IGMP snooping profile. The default value is zero, meaning that no ID is specified. In order to create a profile, a non-zero value must be specified.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.19.1
igmpSnoopProfileCtlInetAddressTypeThe address type associated with this agent. Only ipv4(1) type is supported.rw
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.19.2
igmpSnoopProfileCtlStartInetAddressThe specified addresses in the start of the controlled IP multicast addresses.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.19.3
igmpSnoopProfileCtlEndInetAddressThe specified addresses in the end of the controlled IP multicast addresses.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.19.4
igmpSnoopProfileCtlActionSetting it to create(2) creates the range of the controlled IP multicast addresses. Setting it to destroy(3) destroys the range of the controlled IP multicast addresses. When the action is completed, this object becomes noAction(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.19.5
igmpSnoopProfileRangeTableThe table for configuring the range of the IGMP snooping profile.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopProfileRangeEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20
igmpSnoopProfileRangeEntryThe entry for configuring the range of the IGMP snooping profile.
IgmpSnoopProfileRangeEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20.1
igmpSnoopProfileRangeProfileIdThis is defined as igmpSnoopProfileId.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20.1.1
igmpSnoopProfileRangeInetAddressTypeThe address type associated with this agent. Only ipv4(1) type is supported.
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20.1.2
igmpSnoopProfileRangeStartInetAddressThe specified addresses in the start of the controlled IP multicast addresses.
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20.1.3
igmpSnoopProfileRangeEndInetAddressThe specified addresses in the end of the controlled IP multicast addresses.ro
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20.1.4
igmpSnoopProfileRangeActionThe access mode of the IGMP snooping profile.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.20.1.5
igmpSnoopFilterPortTableTable for port configuration in IGMP filtering.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopFilterPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.21
igmpSnoopFilterPortEntryEntry for port configuration in IGMP filtering.
IgmpSnoopFilterPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.21.1
igmpSnoopFilterPortIndexThe port and trunk (including trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.21.1.1
igmpSnoopFilterPortProfileIdThe igmpSnoopProfileEntry identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface identified by the same value of the igmpSnoopProfileId object. If there is no corresponding entry in the igmpSnoopProfileTable, then no association exists. In particular, if this value is zero, no associated profile will be generated, as zero is not a valid profile index.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.21.1.2
igmpSnoopThrottlePortTableTable for port configuration in IGMP throttling.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopThrottlePortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22
igmpSnoopThrottlePortEntryEntry for port configuration in IGMP throttling.
IgmpSnoopThrottlePortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22.1
igmpSnoopThrottlePortIndexThe port and trunk (including trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22.1.1
igmpSnoopThrottlePortRunningStatusDescribes the running status of IGMP throttling on the switch. A value of true(1) indicates the IGMP throttling mechanism is active. A value of false(2) indicates the IGMP throttling mechanism is inactive.ro
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22.1.2
igmpSnoopThrottlePortActionThe action mode of the IGMP throttling. A value of replace(1) means to replace a joined multicast group randomly when an interface receives an IGMP report and the number of current joined multicast groups is equal to the maximum number of IGMP groups that the interface can join. A value of deny(2) means to deny the IGMP report request when an interface receives an IGMP report and the number of current joined multicast groups is equal to the maximum number of IGMP groups that the interface can join.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22.1.3
igmpSnoopThrottlePortMaxGroupsThe maximum number of IGMP groups that the interface can join.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22.1.4
igmpSnoopThrottlePortCurrentGroupsThe current number of IGMP groups that the interface has joined.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.22.1.5
igmpSnoopPortTableTable of IGMP Snooping service per port.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27
igmpSnoopPortEntryEntry of IGMP Snooping service per port.
IgmpSnoopPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1
igmpSnoopPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the igmpSnoopPortTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.1
igmpSnoopQueryDropParameter to enable or disable dropping IGMP Query packet.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.3
igmpSnoopMulticastDataDropParameter to enable or disable dropping IP multicast datarw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.4
igmpSnoopPortNumGroupsCurrent learned groupsro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.5
igmpSnoopPortNumJoinSendNumber of joins sentro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.6
igmpSnoopPortNumJoinsNumber of joins recievedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.7
igmpSnoopPortNumJoinSuccessNumber of joined group successesro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.8
igmpSnoopPortNumLeavesSendNumber of leaves sentro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.9
igmpSnoopPortNumLeavesNumber of leaves receivedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.10
igmpSnoopPortNumGeneralQuerySendNumber of general queries sent.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.11
igmpSnoopPortNumGeneralQueryReceviedNumber of general queries received.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.12
igmpSnoopPortNumSepcificQuerySendNumber of specific queries sent.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.13
igmpSnoopPortNumSpecificQueryReceivedNumber of specific queries received.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.14
igmpSnoopPortNumInvalidReportNumber of invalid reports received.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.15
igmpSnoopPortClearStatisticsClear this VLAN of all statisticsrw
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.16
igmpSnoopAuthenticationParameter to enable or disable IGMP Authenticationrw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.27.1.17
igmpSnoopGlobalMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28
igmpSnoopProxyReportingParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping proxy reporting on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.1
igmpSnoopRouterAlertOptionCheckParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping router alert option check on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.2
igmpSnoopTcnFloodParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping tcn flooding on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.3
igmpSnoopTcnQuerySolicitParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping tcn query solicit on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.4
igmpSnoopUnregisteredDataFloodParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping Unregistered data flood solicit on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.5
igmpSnoopUnsolicitedReportIntervalSetting this value to specify how long (in seconds) the uplink ports should transmit unsolicited reports.rw
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.6
igmpSnoopVersionExclusiveParameter to enable or disable IGMP snooping version exclusive on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.7
igmpSnoopMrouterForwardModeParemete to set IGMP snooping Mrouter port forward mode. When set dynamic, IGMP snooping Mrouter port won't forward multicast streams received from other mrouter ports. When set forward, IGMP snooping Mrouter port will forward multicast streams received from other mrouter ports.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.28.8
igmpSnoopForwardingPriorityConfigure IGMP snooping multicast stream forwarding priority. If value is 65535, it means the priority is disabledrw
Integer32(0..7|65535)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.29
igmpSnoopQueryDropTableTable of IGMP Snooping query drop per vlan and per vlan configuration.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopQueryDropEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.30
igmpSnoopQueryDropEntryEntry of IGMP Snooping service per port and per VLAN.
IgmpSnoopQueryDropEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.30.1
igmpSnoopQueryDropPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the igmpSnoopPortTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.30.1.1
igmpSnoopQueryDropVlanBitmapThe VLAN bitmap which query drop applied on this port. If all zero, it means disable, For all VLANs, please use igmpSnoopPortTable to configure.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.30.1.2
igmpSnoopClearDynamicGroupsThe current number of IGMP groups that the interface has joined.rw
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.32
igmpSnoopVlanTableTable of IGMP Snooping service per port.
SEQUENCE OF IgmpSnoopVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33
igmpSnoopVlanEntryEntry of IGMP Snooping service per VLAN.
IgmpSnoopVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1
igmpSnoopVlanIndexVLAN ID
VlanIndex (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.1
igmpSnoopVlanNumGroupsCurrent learned groupsro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.2
igmpSnoopVlanNumJoinSendNumber of joins sent.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.3
igmpSnoopVlanNumJoinsNumber of joins receivedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.4
igmpSnoopVlanNumJoinSuccessNumber of jion successesro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.5
igmpSnoopVlanNumLeavesSendNumber of leaves sent.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.6
igmpSnoopVlanNumLeavesNumber of leaves receivedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.7
igmpSnoopVlanNumGeneralQuerySendNumber of general queries sentro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.8
igmpSnoopVlanNumGeneralQueryReceviedNumber of general queries receivedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.9
igmpSnoopVlanNumSepcificQuerySendNumber of specific queries sentro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.10
igmpSnoopVlanNumSpecificQueryReceivedNumber of sepcific queries receivedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.11
igmpSnoopVlanNumInvalidReportNumber of invalid reports receivedro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.12
igmpSnoopVlanClearStatisticsClear this VLAN's statisticsrw
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.9.33.1.13
ipMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10
netDefaultGatewayThe IP Address of the default gateway. If this value is undefined or unknown, it shall have the value 0.0.0.0.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.2
ipHttpStateWhether HTTP is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.3
ipHttpPortThe port number for HTTP.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.4
ipDhcpRestartWhen set to restart(1) the DHCP server will restart. When read, this value always returns noRestart(2).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.5
ipHttpsStateWhether HTTPS is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.6
ipHttpsPortThe port number for HTTPS.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.7
dhcpMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11
dhcpClient
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1
dhcpcOptions
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1.1
dhcpcInterfaceTableTable for DHCP client information listed by interface. Depending on the nature of the product, this table may have only one entry(e.g. for the management VLAN), or may have many entries(e.g. for all ports, or for all static VLANs).
SEQUENCE OF DhcpcInterfaceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1.1.1
dhcpcInterfaceEntryEntry for DHCP client information listed by interface.
DhcpcInterfaceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1.1.1.1
dhcpcIfIndexThis is defined by ifIndex in the IF-MIB.(static vlan if index)
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1.1.1.1.1
dhcpcIfVendorClassIdModeWhether the vendor class ID is in text mode or in Hex mode.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1.1.1.1.4
dhcpcIfVendorClassIdThe value that the DHCP client sets in the vendor class_id option of DHCPDISCOVER and DHCPREQUEST messages. This value may be used by DHCP servers to identify vendor classof the client.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.1.1.1.1.5
dhcpOption82
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4
dhcpOption82StatusSet enabled(1) to enable DHCP Relay Option 82, set disabled(2) to disable it.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.1
dhcpOption82PolicyProvide three policies to handle packetrw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.2
dhcpOption82RemoteIDModeProvide five modes for insertion remote-id sub-option of option 82. If configured-string(5) has been set, dhcpOption82RemoteIDString will take effect.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.3
dhcpOption82RemoteIDStringSet string to remote-id sub-option of option 82. It only take effect when dhcpOption82RemoteIDMode is set to configured-string(5)rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.4
dhcpOption82EncodeFormatSet encode format for CID and RID in option82. Set extra-subtype-included(1) will have extra subtype and length field in CID and RID. Set no-extra-subtype-included(2) will only have TLV format for CID and RID.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.5
dhcpOption82RelayServerAddrTableThis table is to specify relay server IP address, the maximum number of server IP addresses user can be specified is 5.
SEQUENCE OF DhcpOption82RelayServerAddrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.6
dhcpOption82RelayServerAddrEntryA conceptual row of dhcpOption82RelayServerAddrTable.
DhcpOption82RelayServerAddrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.6.1
dhcpOption82RelayServerAddrIndexThe index of the relay server IP address.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.6.1.1
dhcpOption82RelayServerAddrServerIpThe IP address of the relay server.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.11.4.6.1.2
pingMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15
pingIpAddressSpecifies the IP address of the device it is planned to ping.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.1
pingPacketSizeSpecifies the size of each data potion of ping packets in bytes.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.2
pingCompletedA value of true(1) will be read when this ping operation has been either responded to or changed to the time-out status. A value of false(2) will be read when there is a ping operation running and all associated objects in the pingMgt operation cannot be modified during this period.ro
TruthValue (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.4
pingActionThe action of the pingMgt operation. Sets these objects to pingStart(2) to begin the ping operation. Once the action is set to pingStart(2), the associated pingMgt objects cannot be modified until this ping operation is completed (pingCompleted is true). When the ping has ended or there is no ping operation performing, this object will get a value of noAction(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.5
pingProbeCountSpecifies the number of times to perform a ping operation at a remote host.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.6
pingSentPacketsThe value of this object reflects the number of probes sent. The value of this object must be reported as 0 when no probes have been sent.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.7
pingReceivedPacketsNumber of responses received. The value of this object must be reported as 0 when no probe responses have been received.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.8
pingPacketLossRatePacket loss rate of this ping operation. This variable is calculated by pingReceivedPackets and pingSentPackets. The rate is expressed as a percentage.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.9
pingHistoryTableContains the executive result information for the ping operation.
SEQUENCE OF PingHistoryEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.10
pingHistoryEntryA conceptual row in the pingHistory table.
PingHistoryEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.10.1
pingHistoryIndexA new entry in this table is created when the result of a ping probe is determined. The old entries will be cleared when a new ping action is started.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.10.1.1
pingHistoryResponseThis variable represents the round trip time and is measured in milliseconds. The variable is the difference between received time and sent time for a ping probe. If the difference value is more than the time-out value or no response is received, then the variable will be 5000 milliseconds.ro
Integer32 UNITS "milliseconds"
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.15.10.1.2
iPAddrTableA table of iPAddrEntry.
SEQUENCE OF IPAddrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16
iPAddrEntryA set of configuration parameters for a particular network interface on this device. If the device has no network interface, this table is empty. The index is composed of the ifIndex assigned to the corresponding interface.
IPAddrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1
iPAddrIfIndexThe VLAN interface being used by this table entry. Only the VLAN interfaces which have an IP configured will appear in the table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1.1
iPAddrIPAddressThe IP address of this Net interface. The default value for this object is 0.0.0.0. If either the IPAddrIPAddress or IPAddrSubnetMask is 0.0.0.0, then when the device boots, it may use BOOTP to try to figure out what these values should be. If BOOTP fails, before the device can talk on the network, this value must be configured (e.g., through a terminal attached to the device).
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1.2
iPAddrSubnetMaskThe subnet mask of this Net interface. The default value for this object is 0.0.0.0. If either the IPAddrIPAddress or IPAddrSubnetMask are 0.0.0.0, then when the device boots, it may use BOOTP to try to figure out what these values should be. If BOOTP fails, before the device can talk on the network, this value must be configured (e.g., through a terminal attached to the device).
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1.3
iPAddrPrimaryInterfaceWhether this is a primary interface.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1.4
iPAddrUnnumberedWhether this is an unnumbered interface.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1.5
iPAddrStatusThe status of this conceptual row entry. This object isused to manage the creation and deletion of conceptual rows. The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.10.16.1.6
vlanMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12
vlanTableTable for VLAN configuration.
SEQUENCE OF VlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.1
vlanEntryEntry for VLAN configuration.
VlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.1.1
vlanIndexBased on dot1qVlanIndex in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. This table has only one entry - the entry for the VLAN of the management interface.
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.1.1.1
vlanAddressMethodMethod to get the IP address.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.1.1.2
vlanPortTableTable for port configuration in VLAN.
SEQUENCE OF VlanPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.2
vlanPortEntryEntry for port configuration in VLAN.
VlanPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.2.1
vlanPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of dot1qPvid in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.2.1.1
vlanPortModeThis variable sets the 802.1Q VLAN mode. Setting it to hybrid(1) sets a hybrid link. Setting it to dot1qTrunk(2) sets a trunk link. Setting it to access(3) sets an access link.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.2.1.2
vlanPortPrivateVlanTypeThe port type defined for private VLAN.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.2.1.3
voiceVlanMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6
voiceVlanOuiTableA table containing the mac address which can be identified by Voice VLAN.
SEQUENCE OF VoiceVlanOuiEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.1
voiceVlanOuiEntryA table containing the mac address which can be identified by Voice VLAN.
VoiceVlanOuiEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.1.1
voiceVlanOuiAddressMAC address can be identified by voice vlan.ro
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.1.1.1
voiceVlanOuiMaskThe mask of MAC address.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.1.1.2
voiceVlanOuiDescriptionThe description of OUI.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.1.1.3
voiceVlanOuiStatusCurrent operation status of the row.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.1.1.4
voiceVlanEnabledIdVoice VLAN enabled status and VLAN ID: enabled (1..4093), disabled (-1).rw
INTEGER (-1|1..4093)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.2
voiceVlanAgingTimeVoice VLAN aging time, the unit of which is minutes.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.3
voiceVlanPortTableA list of voice VLAN port entries.
SEQUENCE OF VoiceVlanPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7
voiceVlanPortEntryAn entry containing Voice VLAN port information, which is applicable to a Voice VLAN enabled interface.
VoiceVlanPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1
voiceVlanPortIfIndexThe index of interface on which Voice VLAN function is enabled.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.1
voiceVlanPortModeVoice VLAN configuration mode status.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.2
voiceVlanPortSecurityIf the security is enabled, the port only allows voice traffic for the Voice VLAN.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.3
voiceVlanPortPriorityThe priority of the voice vlan traffic in the port.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.4
voiceVlanPortRuleOuiThe address of voice device is learned from OUI table.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.5
voiceVlanPortRuleLldpThe address of voice device is learned from LLDP discovery.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.6
voiceVlanPortRemainAgeRemaining aging time, the unit of which is minutes.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.6.7.1.7
vlanDot1qTunnelGlobalConfig
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.8
vlanDot1qTunnelStatusThis parameter is used to globally enable/disable 802.1Q Tunneling on the device.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.8.1
vlanDot1qTunnelPortTableTable for port configuration in 802.1Q Tunneling.
SEQUENCE OF VlanDot1qTunnelPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.9
vlanDot1qTunnelPortEntryEntry for port configuration in 802.1Q Tunneling.
VlanDot1qTunnelPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.9.1
vlanDot1qTunnelPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.9.1.1
vlanDot1qTunnelPortModeThis variable sets the 802.1Q Tunneling mode. Setting it to none(1) indicates no mode in this port. Setting it to access(2) sets as dot1q-tunnel mode port which links to customer. Setting it to uplink(3) sets as dot1q-tunnel mode port which links to service-provider. If vlanDot1qTunnelStatus is disabled, it means vlanDot1qTunnelPortMode is inactive.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.9.1.2
vlanDot1qTunnelPortEtherTypeTPID for 802.1Q encapsulation. It's used to select a nonstandard (nondefault) 2-byte ethertype to identify 802.1Q tagged frames.rw
Unsigned32 ('0800'h..'ffff'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.9.1.3
vlanDot1qTunnelPortPriorityMapStatusStatus of priority mapping. Set to enabled(1) to use 802.1p priority of inner tag as packet's priority instead of using outer tag.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.9.1.4
macVlanTableA table that contains the settings for MAC-based VLAN.
SEQUENCE OF MacVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11
macVlanEntryA conceptual row in the macVlanTable.
MacVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11.1
macVlanMacAddressThe MAC address that may specify an entry in the table which contains MAC-based VLAN information.
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11.1.1
macVlanIdSpecifies the VLAN ID which the MAC address associates with.rw
VlanId (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11.1.2
macVlanPrioritySpecifies the priority which the MAC address associates with.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11.1.3
macVlanStatusSet this to valid(1) to create an entry. Set this to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11.1.4
macVlanMacMaskThe MAC address mask that may specify an entry in the table which contains MAC-based VLAN information.
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.11.1.5
macVlanClearActionAction for clearing macVlanTable. When this object is set to clear(2), all entries in macVlanTable will be cleared. When this object is read, the value of this object is always noClear(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.12
subnetVlanTableA table that contains the settings for IP subnet-based VLAN.
SEQUENCE OF SubnetVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13
subnetVlanEntryA conceptual row in the subnetVlanTable.
SubnetVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13.1
subnetVlanIpAddressThe IPv4 address of a subnet. Any assignment (implicit or otherwise) of an instance of this object to a value x must be rejected if the bitwise logical-AND of x with the value of the corresponding instance of the subnetVlanMask object is not equal to x.
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13.1.1
subnetVlanMaskThe netmask of a subnet. Any assignment (implicit or otherwise) of an instance of this object to a value x must be rejected if the bitwise logical-AND of x with the value of the corresponding instance of the subnetVlanIpAddress object is not equal to subnetVlanIpAddress.
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13.1.2
subnetVlanIdSpecifies the VLAN ID which the subnet associates with.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13.1.3
subnetVlanPrioritySpecifies the priority which the subnet associates with.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13.1.4
subnetVlanStatusSet this to valid(1) to create an entry. Set this to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.13.1.5
subnetVlanClearActionAction for clearing subnetVlanTable. When this object is set to clear(2), all entries in subnetVlanTable will be cleared. When this object is read, the value of this object is always noClear(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.14
vlanStaticExtTableThe extension table of dot1qVlanStaticTable. This table enhances the original table with extra vlanStaticExtRspanStatus to create and destroy RSPAN VLAN(s).
SEQUENCE OF VlanStaticExtEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.15
vlanStaticExtEntryA conceptual row in the vlanStaticExtTable.
VlanStaticExtEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.15.1
vlanStaticExtRspanStatusDisplays type of a VLAN is vlan(2) or rspanVlan(3). Set this to destroy(1) to destroy a RSPAN VLAN. Set this to rspanVlan(3) to create a RSPAN VLAN. Setting this to vlan(2) is not allowed.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.15.1.1
vlanL2ProtocolTunnelPortTableTable for port configuration in Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling.
SEQUENCE OF VlanL2ProtocolTunnelPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16
vlanL2ProtocolTunnelPortEntryEntry for port configuration in Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling.
VlanL2ProtocolTunnelPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1
vlanL2ptPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.1
vlanL2ptPortStaSet enabled(1) to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for spanning-tree protocol. Set disabled(2) to disable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for spanning-tree protocol.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.2
vlanL2ptPortLldpSet enabled(1) to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for LLDP. Set disabled(2) to disable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for LLDP.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.3
vlanL2ptPortCdpSet enabled(1) to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for Cisco Discovery Protocol. Set disabled(2) to disable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for Cisco Discovery Protocol.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.4
vlanL2ptPortVtpSet enabled(1) to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for Cisco VTP. Set disabled(2) to disable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for Cisco VTP.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.5
vlanL2ptPortPvstSet enabled(1) to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for Cisco PVST+. Set disabled(2) to disable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for Cisco PVST+.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.6
vlanL2ptPortLacpSet enabled(1) to enable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for LACP. Set disabled(2) to disable Layer 2 protocol tunneling for LACP.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.16.1.7
vlanStaticTableTable for static VLAN configuration including VLAN aggregation support.
SEQUENCE OF VlanStaticEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.17
vlanStaticEntryStatic information for a VLAN configured on the device by (local or network) management.
VlanStaticEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.17.1
vlanStaticIndexThe VLAN ID of the VLAN.
VlanIndex (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.17.1.1
vlanStaticInterfaceTypeThe interface type of the VLAN (there is a subtype of IANAifType). l2vlan(135) refers to L2 interface and can't accept any L3 related configuration. l3ipvlan(136) refers to L3 interface and can accept L3 related configuration.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.17.1.2
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortTableTable for port configuration to specify how to insert outer tag by matching customer VLAN ID.
SEQUENCE OF VlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortEntryEntry for port configuration to specify how to insert outer tag by matching customer VLAN ID.
VlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18.1
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortIndexThe port interface of the vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18.1.1
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortCvidSpecifies customer VLAN ID.
VlanIndex (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18.1.2
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortSvidSpecifies service VLAN ID.rw
VlanId (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18.1.3
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortStatusSets to valid(1) to create an entry. Sets to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18.1.5
vlanDot1qTunnelSrvCvidPortActionSet to assignSvid(2) to assign service VLAN ID.rw
Bits
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.18.1.6
vlanL2ProtocolTunnelGlobalConfig
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.19
vlanL2ProtocolTunnelAddressDestination MAC address for PDU tunneling.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.19.1
vlanTraslationPortTableA list of VLAN translation entries.
SEQUENCE OF VlanTraslationPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.22
vlanTraslationPortEntryEntry for port configuration to set up VLAN translation mapping.
VlanTraslationPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.22.1
vlanTraslationPortIndexThe port interface of vlanTraslationPortIndex. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.22.1.1
vlanTraslationPortOldVidThe VLAN translation is applied in both ingress and egress sides of the port. It makes the traffic arriving on the VLAN with this VLAN ID to be mapped to or tagged with the corresponding instance of vlanTraslationPortNewVid on the port. It also causes all the traffic internally tagged with the corresponding instance of vlanTraslationPortNewVid and leaving the port to be tagged with the VLAN of this VLAN ID.
VlanIndex (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.22.1.2
vlanTraslationPortNewVidSpecifies the new VLAN ID that will be mapped to.rw
VlanId (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.22.1.3
vlanTraslationPortStatusSets to valid(1) to create an entry. Sets to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.12.22.1.4
priorityMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13
prioIpPrecDscpStatusSelects whether no frame priority mapping, IP ToS precedence mapping or DSCP mapping is performed.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.1
prioIpDscpTableTable for IP DSCP priority mapping.
SEQUENCE OF PrioIpDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.4
prioIpDscpEntryEntry for IP DSCP priority mapping.
PrioIpDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.4.1
prioIpDscpPortThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.4.1.1
prioIpDscpValueValue of IP DSCP as specified in the packet header.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.4.1.2
prioIpDscpCosClass of Service as defined by dot1dTrafficClassPriority in the P-BRIDGE-MIB. The prioIpDscpValue value in the same table row will be mapped to this Class of Service (CoS). This CoS is then further mapped to the hardware queue according to dot1dTrafficClassTable.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.4.1.3
prioIpDscpRestoreDefaultEnables the IP DSCP settings of a port to be reset to their defaults. To reset the IP DSCP settings of a port, assign the value of the relevant ifIndex defined by the ifIndex in the IF-MIB. For example, assigning the value 1 will result in the IP DSCP settings of port 1 being restored to their default. 0 will always be obtained when reading this variablerw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.5
prioCopy
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.8
prioCopyIpDscpAction to copy IP DSCP settings from a source port to many destination ports. The first four octets represent an integer for the source port in high-to-low (big-endian) order. Starting from the 5th octet is the destination port list in a form described by PortList in the Q-BRIDGE-MIB. Writing this object will perform copy. Reading this object will always get a zero-length octet string.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.8.2
prioWrrTableTable for weighted round robin (WRR).
SEQUENCE OF PrioWrrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.9
prioWrrEntryEntry for weighted round robin (WRR).
PrioWrrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.9.1
prioWrrTrafficClassTraffic class for this entry, as defined in dot1dTrafficClass in the P-BRIDGE-MIB. The actual maximum depends on the hardware, and is equal to dot1dPortNumTrafficClasses-1.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.9.1.1
prioWrrWeightWeight for this entry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.9.1.2
prioQueueModeThe global status for the prioQueue. wrr(1),strict(2)rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.13.10
trapDestMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14
trapVar
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2
trapIpFilterRejectModeThis variable is for trap var binding, indicated the ipfilter reject mode. web(1), snmp(2), telnet(3).ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.6
trapIpFilterRejectIpThis variable is for trap var binding, indicating the IP address that rejected by the ipfilter.ro
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.7
trapTcnReasonThe variable represents the function of TCN: pushButton(1): Push button to enable the unit as the Master unit in the stack. stackingLinkDown(2): Stacking link is down. stackingLinkUp(3): Stacking link is up. hbtTimeout(4): Control packet sent from the Master through all units has timed-out. hbtError(5): Control packet sent from the Master through all units was received with errors.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.9
trapVarMacAddrThe MAC address.ro
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.10
trapVarLoginUserNameThe name of the user who logs into the switch.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.11
trapVarSessionTypeThe method by which the user logs in to control the switch.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.12
trapVarLoginInetAddressTypeThe address type of the address associated with this agent. Only IPv4 and IPv6 types are supported.ro
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.15
trapVarLoginInetAddressThe IP address from which the user logs into the switch.ro
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.16
trapIpFilterRejectInetAddressTypeThis variable is for trap var binding, indicating the IP address that was rejected by the IP filter.ro
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.17
trapIpFilterRejectInetAddressThis variable is for trap var binding, indicating the IP address that was rejected by the IP filter.ro
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.18
trapAutoUpgradeResultThe parameter indicates which result triggered the trap.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.22
trapAutoUpgradeNewVerThe parameter indicates new version which was upgraded to. When trapAutoUpgradeResult was failed(2), it would be null string.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.23
trapIfIndexThis variable is for trap var binding, indicating the index of an interface.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.30
trapVlanIdThis variable is for trap var binding, indicating the identifier of a VLAN.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.31
trapDhcpClientPortIfIndexifIndex for the port connected to DHCP rogue server.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.62
trapDhcpServerIpAddressThe IP address of the rogue server.ro
DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.63
trapSfpThresholdAlarmWarnIfIndexifIndex for the port issued alarm/warning trap.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.64
trapSfpThresholdAlarmWarnTypeSFP's alarm/warning type .ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.65
trapUdldPortShutdownReasonThis variable is for trap var binding, indicated the reason for the UDLD port shutdown. unidirectionalLink(1): unidirectional link detected, mismatchWithNeighbor(2): mismatch with neighbor state reported. transmitToReceiveLoop(3): transmit-to-receive loop detected. aggressiveModeFailure(4): aggressive mode failure detected.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.66
trapDhcpServerMacAddressThe MAC address of the rogue server.ro
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.67
trapMacNotifyActionThe parameter indicates which result triggered the trap.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.68
trapTcnStackingUnitIndexThis parameter identifies which unit triggered this TCN trap.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.69
trapTcnStackingUnitRoleThe parameter indicates the role of this unit is master or slave.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.70
trapTcnStackingTplgThe parameter indicates current stacking topology is ring or line.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.71
trapTcnStackingUpPortIndexThe parameter indicates the up-link stacking port id.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.72
trapTcnStackingUpPortLinkStatusThe parameter indicates current link status of up-link stacking port.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.73
trapTcnStackingUpPortLinkStatusChangedThe parameter indicates the link status of up-link stacking port is changed.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.74
trapTcnStackingDownPortIndexThe parameter indicates the down-link stacking port id.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.75
trapTcnStackingDownPortLinkStatusThe parameter indicates current link status of down-link stacking port.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.76
trapTcnStackingDownPortLinkStatusChangedThe parameter indicates the link status of down-link stacking port is changed.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.14.2.77
qosMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16
rateLimitMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1
rateLimitPortTableTable for rate limit of each port.
SEQUENCE OF RateLimitPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2
rateLimitPortEntryEntry for rate limit of each port.
RateLimitPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2.1
rlPortIndexThe port and the trunk (including trunk member) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2.1.1
rlPortInputStatusWhether input rate limit is enabled for this port.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2.1.6
rlPortOutputStatusWhether output rate limit is enabled for this port.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2.1.7
rlPortInputLimitInKiloValue of the input rate limit. Its unit is kilobits per second. For a 100 Mbps port, the range is 64 to 100000. For a 1000 Mbps port, the range is 64 to 1000000.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2.1.10
rlPortOutputLimitInKiloValue of the output rate limit. Its unit is kilobits per second. For a 100 Mbps port, the range is 64 to 100000. For a 1000 Mbps port, the range is 64 to 1000000.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.1.2.1.11
cosMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3
prioAclToCosMappingTableTable for ACL to CoS Mapping.
SEQUENCE OF PrioAclToCosMappingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.1
prioAclToCosMappingEntryEntry for ACL to CoS Mapping.
PrioAclToCosMappingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.1.1
prioAclToCosMappingIfIndexThe port interface of the prioAclToCosMappingEntry. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.1.1.1
prioAclToCosMappingAclNameThe name of an IP ACL. Within a feature a unique name is used to identify the list to which the entry belongs in the device.
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.1.1.2
prioAclToCosMappingCosValueCoS value of the prioAclToCosMappingTable.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.1.1.3
prioAclToCosMappingStatusThe status of this conceptual row entry. This object isused to manage the creation and deletion of conceptual rows. The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.1.1.4
prioIfClassificationModeTableTable for setting the interface Qos mapping classification mode.
SEQUENCE OF PrioIfClassificationModeEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.2
prioIfClassificationModeEntryEntry for setting the interface Qos mapping classification mode.
PrioIfClassificationModeEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.2.1
prioIfClassificationModeIfThe port or trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.2.1.1
prioIfClassificationModeStatusThe Qos mapping classification mode of the interface. cos mode means that the internal priority is mapped from priority field of packet's VLAN tag if a VLAN tag exists; IP precedence mode means that the internal priority is mapped from the IP precedence value of IP packets; DSCP mode means the internal priority is mapped from the dscp value of IP packets.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.2.1.2
prioCosToDscpTableTable for CoS/CFI to internal QoS label mapping.
SEQUENCE OF PrioCosToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.3
prioCosToDscpEntryEntry for CoS/CFI to internal QoS label mapping.
PrioCosToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.3.1
prioCosToDscpIfValueThe port or the trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.3.1.1
prioCosToDscpCosValueThe CoS value (0~7) mapped to an internal QoS label value which is composed of PHB(3 bits) and drop precedence(2 bits).
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.3.1.2
prioCosToDscpCFIValueThe CFI value (0 or 1) mapped to an internal QoS label value which is composed of PHB(3 bits) and drop precedence(2 bits).
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.3.1.3
prioCosToDscpDscpValueThe DSCP value used to represent the internal QoS label (3 bits PHB+2 bits Drop precedence). The MSB 4 bits of DSCP is used to represent PHB value of QoS label; The LSB 2 bits of DSCP are used to represent the drop precedence value of QoS label. Green(0), Yellow(3), Red(1). In a word, PHB=(DSCP>>2), Drop precedence=(DSCP & 0x3). Note: The setting range of PHB value must be 0~7 and the setting drop precedence value must be one of the values (0,1,3).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.3.1.4
prioPrecToDscpTableTable for IP precedence to internal QoS label mapping. This table setting will take effect only when the interface QoS mapping classification mode is set to IP precedence mode.
SEQUENCE OF PrioPrecToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.4
prioPrecToDscpEntryEntry for IP precedence to internal QoS label mapping.
PrioPrecToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.4.1
prioPrecToDscpIfValueThe port or trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.4.1.1
prioPrecToDscpPrecValueThe IP precedence value mapped to internal QoS label value which is composed of PHB (3 bits) and drop precedence (2 bits).
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.4.1.2
prioPrecToDscpDscpValueThe DSCP value used to represent internal QoS label (3 bits PHB + 2 bits Drop precedence). The MSB 4 bits of DSCP are used to represent PHB value of QoS label; The LSB 2 bits of DSCP are used to represent the drop precedence value of QoS label. Green(0),Yellow(3), Red(1). In a word, PHB=(DSCP>>2), Drop precedence=(DSCP & 0x3). Note: The setting range of PHB value must be 0~7 and the setting drop precedence value must be one of values(0,1,3).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.4.1.3
prioDscpToDscpTableTable for DSCP to internal QoS label mapping. This table setting will take effect only when the interface Qos mapping classification mode is set to DSCP mode.
SEQUENCE OF PrioDscpToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.5
prioDscpToDscpEntryEntry for ingress DSCP to internal QoS label mapping.
PrioDscpToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.5.1
prioDscpToDscpIfValueThe port or trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.5.1.1
prioDscpToDscpIngressDscpValueThe ingress DSCP value which will be mapped to internal QoS label value.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.5.1.2
prioDscpToDscpDscpValueThe DSCP value used to represent internal QoS label (3 bits PHB + 2 bits Drop precedence). The MSB 4 bits of DSCP are used to represent PHB value of Qos label. The LSB 2 bits of DSCP are used to represent the drop precedence value of QoS label. Green(0),Yellow(3), Red(1). In a word, PHB=(DSCP>>2), Drop precedence=(DSCP & 0x3). Note: The setting range of PHB value must be 0~7 and the setting drop precedence value must be one of values (0,1,3).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.5.1.3
prioDstPortToDscpTableTable for TCP/UDP destination port number to internal Qos label mapping. This table setting will always take effect for TCP/UDP packets no matter of what interface QoS mapping classification mode is set.
SEQUENCE OF PrioDstPortToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.6
prioDstPortToDscpEntryEntry for TCP/UDP destination port to internal QoS label mapping.
PrioDstPortToDscpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.6.1
prioDstPortToDscpIfValueThe port or the trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.6.1.1
prioDstPortToDscpProtocolValueThe protocol value (TCP:6, UDP:17) which will be mapped to internal QoS label value.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.6.1.2
prioDstPortToDscpDstPortValueThe destination port number value which will be mapped to internal QoS label value.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.6.1.3
prioDstPortToDscpDscpValueThe DSCP value used to represent internal QoS label (3 bits PHB + 2 bits Drop precedence). The MSB 4 bits of DSCP is used to represent PHB value of QoS label. The LSB 2 bits of DSCP is used to represent the drop precedence value of Qos label. Green(0),Yellow(3), Red(1). In a word, PHB=(DSCP>>2), Drop precedence=(DSCP & 0x3). Note: The setting range of PHB value must be 0~7 and the setting drop precedence value must be one of values (0,1,3).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.6.1.4
prioDscpToCosTableTable for internal QoS label to CoS and CFI mapping.
SEQUENCE OF PrioDscpToCosEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.7
prioDscpToCosEntryEntry for internal QoS label to CoS and CFI mapping.
PrioDscpToCosEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.7.1
prioDscpToCosIfValueThe port or trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.7.1.1
prioDscpToCosPHBValueThe PHB value of internal QoS label.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.7.1.2
prioDscpToCosDropPrecedenceValueThe drop precedence value of internal QoS label. Green(0), Yellow(3), Red(1).
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.7.1.3
prioDscpToCosCFICosValueThe remarked CFI and CoS value mapped from the internal Qos label value when the packet leaves the device. The egress remarked CFI value equals to (prioDscpToCosCFICosValue >>3) and the egress remarked CoS value equals to (prioDscpToCosCFICosValue & 0x7).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.7.1.4
prioPrioToDropPrecTableTable for packet priority to drop precedence mapping.
SEQUENCE OF PrioPrioToDropPrecEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.8
prioPrioToDropPrecEntryEntry for packet priority to drop precedence mapping.
PrioPrioToDropPrecEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.8.1
prioPrioToDropPrecIfValueThe port or the trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.8.1.1
prioPrioToDropPrecPriorityValueThe value of packet default priority.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.8.1.2
prioPrioToDropPrecPrecValueThe drop precedence value of internal QoS label. Green(0),Yellow(3), Red(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.8.1.3
prioDscpToQueueTableTable for PHB to queue mapping.
SEQUENCE OF PrioDscpToQueueEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.9
prioDscpToQueueEntryEntry for PHB to queue mapping.
PrioDscpToQueueEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.9.1
prioDscpToQueueIfValueThe port or trunk interface of the device. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.9.1.1
prioDscpToQueuePHBValueThe PHB value of internal QoS label.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.9.1.2
prioDscpToQueueQueueValueThe queue value which is mapped from the PHB value of QoS label.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.3.9.1.3
diffServMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4
diffServPolicyMapTableTable for policy map.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServPolicyMapEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10
diffServPolicyMapEntryEntry for policy map.
DiffServPolicyMapEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10.1
diffServPolicyMapIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10.1.1
diffServPolicyMapNameThe name of this entry.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10.1.2
diffServPolicyMapDescriptionThe description of this entry.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10.1.3
diffServPolicyMapElementIndexListThe octet string containing the diffServPolicyMapElementEntry indexes. Two octets express one index and it is represented in network order. This index list indicates the diffServPolicyMapEntrys which belong to this entry.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10.1.4
diffServPolicyMapStatusThis object is used to create a new row, or modify or delete an existing row, in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active');it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.10.1.5
diffServPolicyMapAttachCtl
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.11
diffServPolicyMapAttachCtlIndexIndex for attachment control. Specifies the policy map as the target to relate with the policy map element. The policy map identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServPolicyMapEntry as identified by the same value of diffServPolicyMapIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.11.1
diffServPolicyMapAttachCtlElementIndexElement Index for attachment control.Specifies the policy map element to relate with the policy map. The policy map element identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServPolicyMapElementEntry as identified by the same value of diffServPolicyMapElementIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.11.2
diffServPolicyMapAttachCtlActionAction for attachment control. When setting this object to attach(2) to begin the attaching operation, a particular policy map element is attached to a particular policy map. When setting this object to detach(3) to begin the not attached operation, a particular policy map element is not attached to a particular policy map. When the action is finshed or no action is taken, the value of this object is noAction(1). A particular policy map is specified in the diffServPolicyMapAttachCtlIndex. A particularpolicy map element is specified in the diffServPolicyMapAttachCtlElementIndex.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.11.3
diffServPolicyMapElementTableTable for policy map element.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServPolicyMapElementEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12
diffServPolicyMapElementEntryEntry for policy map element.
DiffServPolicyMapElementEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12.1
diffServPolicyMapElementIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12.1.1
diffServPolicyMapElementClassMapIndexSpecifies the class map binding to this entry. The class map identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServClassMapEntry as identified by the same value of diffServClassMapIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12.1.2
diffServPolicyMapElementMeterIndexSpecifies the meter binding to this entry. The meter identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServMeterEntry as identified by the same value of diffServMeterIndex. If this value is zero, no associated meter will be associated, as zero is not a valid meter index.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12.1.3
diffServPolicyMapElementActionIndexSpecifies the action binding to this entry. The action identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServActionEntry as identified by the same value of diffServActionIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12.1.4
diffServPolicyMapElementStatusThis object is used to create a new row, or modify or delete an existing row, in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.12.1.5
diffServClassMapTableTable for class map.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServClassMapEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13
diffServClassMapEntryEntry for class map.
DiffServClassMapEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1
diffServClassMapIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in this table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.1
diffServClassMapNameThe name of this entry.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.2
diffServClassMapDescriptionThe description of this entry.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.3
diffServClassMapMatchTypeThe map match type of this entry.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.4
diffServClassMapElementIndexTypeListThe octet string containes the type of class map element indexes. Two octets which are represented in network order express one type of the class map element index in network order and it maps the index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList in order. When the type is macAce(1), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServMacAceEntry. When the type is ipAce(2), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServIpAceEntry. When the type is acl(3), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServAclEntry. When the type is ipv6Ace(4), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServIpv6AceEntry.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.5
diffServClassMapElementIndexListThe octet string containes the class map element indexes. Two octets express one index and it is represented in network order. This index list indicates the particular class map elements which belong to this table. The class map element uses type to indicate diffServAclEntry, the diffServIpAceEntry or diffServMacAceEntry. The type is two octet specified in differServClasssMapElementIndexTypeList in order. When the type is macAce(1), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServMacAceEntry. When the type is ipAce(2), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServIpAceEntry. When the type is acl(3), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServAclEntry. When type is ipv6Ace(4), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServIpv6AceEntry.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.6
diffServClassMapStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table.The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.13.1.7
diffServClassMapAttachCtl
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.14
diffServClassMapAttachCtlIndexIndex for attachment control. Specifies the class map as the target to relate with class map elements. The class map identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServClassMapEntry as identified by the same value of diffServClassMapIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.14.1
diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndexTypeElement Index for attachment control. Specifies the type of class map element to relate with the class map. When type is macAce(1), the index of diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndex is the index of diffServMacAceEntry. When the type is ipAce(2), the index of diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndex is the index of diffServIpAceEntry. When the type is acl(3), the index of diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndex is the index of diffServAclEntry. When type is ipv6Ace(4), the index of diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndex is the index of diffServIpv6AceEntry.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.14.2
diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndexElement Index for attachment control. Specifies the class map element related with the class map. The class map element uses type to indicate diffServAclEntry, the diffServIpAceEntry or diffServMacAceEntry. The type is specified in diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndexType. When the type is macAce(1), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServMacAceEntry. When the type is ipAce(2), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServIpAceEntry. When the type is acl(3), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServAclEntry. When type is ipv6Ace(4), the maping index of differServClasssMapElementIndexList is the diffServIpv6AceEntry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.14.3
diffServClassMapAttachCtlActionAction for attachment control. When setting this object to attach(2) to begin the attaching operation, a particular class map element is attached to a particular class map. When setting this object to detach(3) to begin the not attached operation, then a particular class map element is not attached to a particular class map. When the action is finshed whether successfully or not, or no action is taken, the value of this object always is noAction(1). The value of a particular class map is specified in the AclAttachCtlTargetIndex. The class map element is specified by diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndexType and diffServClassMapAttachCtlElementIndex.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.14.4
diffServAclTableTable for ACL.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServAclEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15
diffServAclEntryEntry for ACL.
DiffServAclEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15.1
diffServAclIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the ACL table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15.1.1
diffServAclNameThe name of this entry.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15.1.2
diffServAclTypeThe type of this entry. When the value of ACL type is modified, then the ACEs in the diffServAclAceIndexList of this entry will be auto-removed, and this entry will be auto- unbound from the diffServPortTable and the diffServClassMapTable.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15.1.3
diffServAclAceIndexListThe octet string containes the ACE indexes. Two octets express one index and it is represented in network order. This index list indicates the particular ACEs which belong to this table. The ACE uses type to indicate the diffServMacAceEntry, the diffServIpAceEntry, the diffServIpv6AceEntry or the diffServArpAceEntry. The type is specified in diffServAclType. When the type is mac(1), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServMacAceEntry. When the type is ipstandard(2) or ipextended(3), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServIpAceEntry. When the type is ipv6standard(4) or ipv6extended(5), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServIpv6AceEntry. When the type is arp(6), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServArpAceEntry.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15.1.4
diffServAclStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table. The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.15.1.5
diffServAclAttachCtl
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.16
diffServAclAttachCtlIndexIndex for attachment control. Specifies the ACL as the target to relate with the IP ACE, the MAC ACE or IPv6 ACE. The ACL identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same diffServAclEntry as identified by the same value of diffServAclIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.16.1
diffServAclAttachCtlAceTypeType for attachment control. Specifies the type of diffServAclAttachCtlAceIndex to relate with the diffServAclAttachCtlIndex. When the type is macAce(1), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServMacAceEntry. When the type is ipAce(2), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServIpAceEntry. When the type is ipv6Ace(3), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServIpv6AceEntry. When the type is arpAce(4), the index of diffServAclAceIndexList is the diffServArpAceEntry.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.16.2
diffServAclAttachCtlAceIndexIndex for attachment control. Specifies the ACE to relate with the diffServAclAttachCtlIndex. When diffServAclAttachCtlAceType is macAce(1), the value of diffServAclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServMacAceEntry. When diffServAclAttachCtlAceType is ipAce(2), the value of diffServAclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServIpAceEntry. When diffServAclAttachCtlAceType is ipv6Ace(3), the value of diffServAclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServIpv6AceEntry. When diffServAclAttachCtlAceType is arpAce(4), the value of diffServAclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServArpAceEntry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.16.3
diffServAclAttachCtlActionAction for attachment control. When setting this object to attach(2) to begin the attaching operation, a particular ACE is attached to a particular ACL. When setting this object to detach(3) to begin the not attached operation, then a particular ACE is not attached to a particular ACL. When the action is finshed whether successfully or not, or no action is taken, the value of this object always is noAction(1), The value of a particular ACL is specified in the diffServAclAttachCtlAceType and diffServAclAttachCtlAceIndex.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.16.4
diffServIpAceTableTable for IP ACE.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServIpAceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17
diffServIpAceEntryEntry for IP ACE.
DiffServIpAceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1
diffServIpAceIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the IP ACE table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.1
diffServIpAceTypeThe specified IP ACE type. When the type of this entry is modified, then this entry will be auto-unbound from the diffServAclEntry and the not supporting field of this entry will be set to 0.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.2
diffServIpAceAccessIndicates the action to be taken if a packet matches this ACE.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.3
diffServIpAceSourceIpAddrThe specified source IP address. The packet's source address is AND-ed with the value of IpAceSourceIpAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.4
diffServIpAceSourceIpAddrBitmaskThe specified source IP address mask. The packet's source address is AND-ed with the value of IpAceSourceIpAddr and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.5
diffServIpAceDestIpAddrThe specified destination IP address. The packet's destination address is AND-ed with the value of diffServIpAceDestIpAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.6
diffServIpAceDestIpAddrBitmaskThe specified destination IP address mask. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.7
diffServIpAceProtocolThe protocol number field in the IP header used to indicate the higher layer protocol as specified in RFC 1700. A value of 0 matches every IP packet. The object=256 means 'any'. For example: 0 is IP, 1 is ICMP, 2 is IGMP, 4 is IP in IP encapsulation, 6 is TCP, 9 is IGRP, 17 is UDP, 47 is GRE, 50 is ESP, 51 is AH, 88 is IGRP, 89 is OSPF, 94 is KA9Q/NOS compatible IP over IP, 103 is PIMv2, 108 is PCP. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.8
diffServIpAcePrecSpecifies the IP precedence value to match against. The value of this object is ignored whenever the value of diffServIpAcePrec object is 8. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.9
diffServIpAceTosSpecifies the IP ToS facility value to match against. The value of this object is ignored whenever the value of diffServIpAcePrec object is 9. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.10
diffServIpAceDscpSpecifies the DSCP value to match against. The value of this object is ignored whenever the value of diffServIpAcePrec object is 64. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.11
diffServIpAceSourcePortOpIndicates how a packet's source TCP/UDP port number is to be compared. noOperator(1), which is the default value, means no comparison is to be made with the source TCP/UDP port number. equal(2), which is used the diffServIpAceSourcePortBitmask and the diffServIpAceMinSourcePort to match against. range(3),which is used the diffServIpAceMinSourcePort and the diffServIpAceMaxSourcePort to match against. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.12
diffServIpAceMinSourcePortIf the diffServIpAceSourcePortOp is range(3), this indicates the lower bound of the TCP/UDP port number value range. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.13
diffServIpAceSourcePortBitmaskIf the diffServIpAceSourcePortOp is equal(2), this indicates the bitmask of the diffServIpAceMinSourcePort. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.15
diffServIpAceDestPortOpIndicates how a packet's destination TCP/UDP port number is to be compared. noOperator(1), which is the default value, means that no comparison is to be made with the destination TCP/UDP port number. equal(2), which uses the diffServIpAceSourcePortBitmask and the diffServIpAceMinDestPort to match against. range(3),which uses the diffServIpAceMinDestPort and the diffServIpAceMaxDestPort to match against. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.16
diffServIpAceMinDestPortIf the diffServIpAceDestPortOp is range(3), this indicates the lower bound of the TCP/UDP port number value range. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.17
diffServIpAceDestPortBitmaskIf the diffServIpAceDestPortOp is equal(2), this indicates the bitmask of the diffServIpAceMinDestPort. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.19
diffServIpAceControlCodeIndicates how the control flags of TCP packets are to be compared. diffServIpAceControlCode is AND-ed with diffServIpAceControlCodeBitmask. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.20
diffServIpAceControlCodeBitmaskIndicates how the control flags of TCP packets are to be compared. It can be used to check multiple flags of the FIN, SYN, RST, PSH, ACK, URG by the sum of FIN=1, SYN=2, RST=4, PSH=8, ACK=16, URG=32. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpAceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.21
diffServIpAceStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.17.1.22
diffServMacAceTableTable for MAC ACE.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServMacAceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18
diffServMacAceEntryEntry for MAC ACE.
DiffServMacAceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1
diffServMacAceIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the MAC ACE table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.1
diffServMacAceAccessIndicates the action to be taken if a packet matches this ACE.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.2
diffServMacAcePktformatUsed to check the packet format of the packets. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServMacAceStatus, is active(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.3
diffServMacAceSourceMacAddrIndicates the 48-bit source MAC address. The specified source MAC of the packet. The packet's source MAC address is AND-ed with the value of diffServMacAceSourceMacAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.4
diffServMacAceSourceMacAddrBitmaskThe specified source MAC address mask.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.5
diffServMacAceDestMacAddrIndicates the 48-bit destination MAC address. The specified destination MAC of the packet. The packet's destination MAC address is AND-ed with the value of diffServMacAceDestMacAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.6
diffServMacAceDestMacAddrBitmaskThe specified destination MAC address mask.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.7
diffServMacAceVidOpIndicates how a packet's VID is to be compared. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServMacAceStatus, is active(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.8
diffServMacAceMinVidIndicates the lower bound of the VID value range if the diffServMacAceVidOp is range(3).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.9
diffServMacAceVidBitmaskThe bit mask of the VID. The default value is 0.rw
Integer32 (0..'0FFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.10
diffServMacAceEtherTypeOpIndicates how a packet's ether type is to be compared.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.12
diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmaskThe bit mask of Ether type. The default value is 0.rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.13
diffServMacAceMinEtherTypeIndicates the lower bound of the ether type value range if the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is range(3).rw
Integer32 ('0000'h..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.14
diffServMacAceStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.16
diffServMacAceCosOpIndicates how a packet's CoS is compared. If the object type of diffServMacAceCosOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceMinCos indicates the CoS value for comparing, and diffServMacAceCosBitmask is used as the bitmask of the CoS value. If the object type of diffServMacAceCosOp is range(3), diffServMacAceMinCos should be used as the lower bound of the CoS value.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.17
diffServMacAceCosBitmaskIndicates the bitmask of the CoS value if the object type of diffServMacAceCosOp is equal(2). The default value is 0.rw
INTEGER ('0'h..'7'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.18
diffServMacAceMinCosIf the object type of diffServMacAceCosOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceMinCos indicates the CoS value for comparing. If the object type of diffServMacAceCosOp is range(3), diffServMacAceMinCos indicates the lower bound of the CoS value.rw
INTEGER ('0'h..'7'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.19
diffServMacAceSourceIpAddrIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '0800'h, this specifies source IP address. The packet's source address is AND-ed with the value of diffServMacAceSourceIpAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.32
diffServMacAceSourceIpAddrBitmaskIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '0800'h, this specifies source IP address mask. The packet's source address is AND-ed with the value of diffServMacAceSourceIpAddr and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.33
diffServMacAceDestIpAddrIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '0800'h, this specifies destination IP address. The packet's destination address is AND-ed with the value of diffServMacAceDestIpAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.34
diffServMacAceDestIpAddrBitmaskIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '0800'h, this specifies destination IP address mask. The packet's source address is AND-ed with the value of diffServMacAceDestIpAddr and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.35
diffServMacAceSourceIpv6AddrIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '86DD'h, this specifies the source IPv6 address.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.36
diffServMacAceSourceIpv6AddrPrefixLenIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '86DD'h, this specifies the length (in bits) associated with the source IPv6 address prefix of this entry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.37
diffServMacAceDestIpv6AddrIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '86DD'h, this specifies the destination IPv6 address. This object may not be modified if the associated aclIpv6AceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.38
diffServMacAceDestIpv6AddrPrefixLenIf the diffServMacAceEtherTypeOp is equal(2), diffServMacAceEtherTypeBitmask is 'FFFF'h, and diffServMacAceMinEtherType is '86DD'h, this specifies the length (in bits) associated with the destination IPv6 address prefix of this entry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.39
diffServMacAceIpProtocolThe protocol number field in the IP header (or the next header field in the IPv6 header) used to indicate the higher layer protocol as specified in RFC 1700. A value of 0 matches every IP packet. The object=256 means 'any'. For example: 0 is IP, 1 is ICMP, 2 is IGMP, 4 is IP in IP encapsulation, 6 is TCP, 9 is IGRP, 17 is UDP, 47 is GRE, 50 is ESP, 51 is AH, 88 is IGRP, 89 is OSPF, 94 is KA9Q/NOS compatible IP over IP, 103 is PIMv2, 108 is PCP. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServMacAceMinEtherType object is not equal to '0800'h or '86DD'h.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.40
diffServMacAceL4SourcePortOpIndicates how a packet's L4 source port is compared.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.41
diffServMacAceL4SourcePortIf the object type of diffServMacAceL4SourcePortOp is equal(2), this indicates the l4 source port value for comparing.rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.42
diffServMacAceL4SourcePortBitmaskIf the object type of diffServMacAceL4SourcePortOp is equal(2), this indicates the bitmask for diffServMacAceL4SourcePortrw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.43
diffServMacAceL4DestPortOpIndicates how a packet's L4 destination port is compared.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.44
diffServMacAceL4DestPortIf the object type of diffServMacAceL4DestPortOp is equal(2), this indicates the l4 destination port value for comparing.rw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.45
diffServMacAceL4DestPortBitmaskIf the object type of diffServMacAceL4SourcePortOp is equal(2), this indicates the bitmask for diffServMacAceL4DestPortrw
Integer32 (0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.18.1.46
diffServActionTableTable for action.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServActionEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19
diffServActionEntryEntry for action.
DiffServActionEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1
diffServActionIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the action table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.1
diffServActionListThe bitmap value used to identify which action capabilities are enabled on the entry. The actionPktNewPri and actionPktNewDscp can not be enabled at the same time on the entry. The actionRedPktNewDscp and actionRedDrop can not be enabled at the same time on the entry.rw
Bits
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.2
diffServActionPktNewPriSpecifies the new priority value for the packet when the action is satisfied. If the actionPktNewPri bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.3
diffServActionPktNewPhbSpecifies the inner priority value for the packet when the action is satisfied. If the actionPktNewPhb bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.4
diffServActionGreenPktTransmitThe actionGreenPktTransmit bit of the diffServActionList is for configuring this object. If the value of this object is enabled, the green marked packet will be Transmitted.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.5
diffServActionGreenPktNewDscpSpecifies the new DSCP value for the packet when the action is satisfied. The value of this object is ignored whenever the value of diffServActionGreenPktNewDscp object is 64. If the actionGreenPktNewDscp bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.6
diffServActionYellowPktNewDscpSpecifies the new DSCP value for the packet when the action is satisfied. The value of this object is ignored whenever the value of diffServActionYellowPktNewDscp object is 64. If the actionYellowPktNewDscp bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.7
diffServActionYellowPktDropThe actionYellowPktDrop bit of the diffServActionList is for configuring this object. If the value of this object is enabled, the red marked packet will be dropped.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.8
diffServActionRedPktNewDscpSpecifies the new DSCP value for the red marking packet when the action is satisfied. The value of this object is ignored whenever the value of diffServActionRedPktNewDscp object is 64. If the actionRedPktNewDscp bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.9
diffServActionRedPktDropThe actionRedPktDrop bit of the diffServActionList is for configuring this object. If the value of this object is enabled, the red marked packet will be dropped.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.10
diffServActionStatusThis object is used to create a new row, modify or delete an existing row in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.11
diffServActionPktNewIpPrecSpecifies the new precedence value for the packet when the action is satisfied. If the actionPktNewIpPrec bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.12
diffServActionPktNewDscpSpecifies the new DSCP value for the packet when the action is satisfied. If the actionPktNewDscp bit of the diffServActionList is not enabled, this object can not be set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.19.1.13
diffServMeterTableTable for meter.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServMeterEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20
diffServMeterEntryEntry for meter.
DiffServMeterEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1
diffServMeterIndexAn entry that describes a single set of token bucket parameters.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.1
diffServMeterModelThe Metering algorithm associated with the Token Bucket parameters. The zeroDotZero indicates this is unknown.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.2
diffServMeterRateThe token-bucket rate, in kilobits per second (kbps).rw
Integer32 (0|1..1000000)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.3
diffServMeterBurstSizeThe maximum number of bytes in a single transmission burst.rw
Integer32 (0|1..16000000)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.4
diffServMeterStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.6
diffServMeterPeakRateThe token-bucket rate, in kilobits per second (kbps).rw
Integer32 (0|1..1000000)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.7
diffServMeterPeakBurstSizeThe maximum number of bytes in a double transmission burst.rw
Integer32 (0|1..16000000)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.20.1.8
diffServIpv6AceTableTable for IPv6 ACE.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServIpv6AceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21
diffServIpv6AceEntryEntry fo IPv6 ACE.
DiffServIpv6AceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1
diffServIpv6AceIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the IPv6 table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.1
diffServIpv6AceTypeThe specified IP v6 ACE type. When the type of this entry is modified, then this entry will be auto-unbound from the diffServAclEntry and the not supporting field of this entry will be set to 0.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.2
diffServIpv6AceAccessIndicates the action to be taken if a packet matches this ACE.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.3
diffServIpv6AceSourceIpAddrSpecifies the source IPv6 address.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.4
diffServIpv6AceSourceIpAddrPrefixLenThe length (in bits) associated with the source IPv6 address prefix of this entry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.5
diffServIpv6AceDestIpAddrSpecifies the destination IPv6 address. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpv6AceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.6
diffServIpv6AceDestIpAddrPrefixLenThe length (in bits) associated with the destination IPv6 address prefix of this entry. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpv6AceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.7
diffServIpv6AceDscpSpecifies the DSCP value to match against. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpv6AceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.9
diffServIpv6AceStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table. The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has the value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has the value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has the value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.11
diffServIpv6AceSourcePortOpIndicates how a packet's source TCP/UDP port number is to be compared. noOperator(1), which is the default value, means that no comparison is to be made with the source TCP/UDP port number. equal(2), which uses the diffServIpv6AceSourcePort and diffServIpv6AceSourcePortBitmask to match against. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpv6AceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.13
diffServIpv6AceSourcePortIf the diffServIpv6AceSourcePortOp is equal(2), this indicates the TCP/UDP port number value.
Integer32(0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.14
diffServIpv6AceSourcePortBitmaskIf the diffServIpv6AceSourcePortOp is equal(2), this indicates the bitmask of the diffServIpv6AceSourcePort.rw
Integer32(0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.15
diffServIpv6AceDestPortOpIndicates how a packet's destination TCP/UDP port number is to be compared. noOperator(1), which is the default value, means that no comparison is to be made with the destination TCP/UDP port number. equal(2), which uses the diffServIpv6AceDestPort and diffServIpv6AceDestPortBitmask to match against. This object may not be modified if the associated diffServIpv6AceType object is equal to standard(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.16
diffServIpv6AceDestPortIf the diffServIpv6AceDestPortOp is equal(2), this indicates the TCP/UDP port number value.rw
Integer32(0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.17
diffServIpv6AceDestPortBitmaskIf the diffServIpv6AceDestPortOp is equal(2), this indicates the bitmask of the diffServIpv6AceDestPort.rw
Integer32(0..'FFFF'h)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.21.1.18
diffServArpAceTableThe conceptual table of all of diffServArpAceEntry.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServArpAceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23
diffServArpAceEntryThe conceptual row for diffServArpAceTable.
DiffServArpAceEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1
diffServArpAceIndexThe unique index of an ACE within an ACL.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.1
diffServArpAceActionIndicates the action to be taken if a packet matches this ACE. This object cannot not be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.2
diffServArpAcePktTypeIndicates the packet type to be taken if a packet matches this ACE. This object can not be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.3
diffServArpAceSourceIpAddrThe specified source ARP address. The packet's source address is AND'ed with the value of diffServArpAceSourceIpAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.4
diffServArpAceSourceIpAddrBitmaskThe specified source ARP address mask. The packet's destination address is AND'ed with the value of diffServArpAceSourceIpAddr and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.5
diffServArpAceDestIpAddrThe specified destination IP address. The packet's destination address is AND'ed with the value of diffServArpAceDestIpAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.6
diffServArpAceDestIpAddrBitmaskThe specified destination IP address mask.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.7
diffServArpAceSourceMacAddrIndicates the 48-bit destination MAC address. The specified source MAC of the packet. The packet's source MAC address is AND'ed with the value of aceArpSourceMacAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.8
diffServArpAceSourceMacAddrBitmaskThe specified source MAC address mask. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.9
diffServArpAceDestMacAddrIndicates the 48-bit destination MAC address. The specified destination MAC of the packet. The packet's destination MAC address is AND'ed with the value of aceArpDestMacAddrBitmask and then compared against the value of this object. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.10
diffServArpAceDestMacAddrBitmaskThe specified destination MAC address mask. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.11
diffServArpAceLogStatusIndicates whether to log messages against the packets. This object cannot be configured when the status of the entry, diffServArpAceStatus, is active(1).rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.12
diffServArpAceStatusThe status of this conceptual row entry. This object isused to manage the creation and deletion of conceptual rows. The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.23.1.13
diffServArpTableThe conceptual table of all of diffServArpEntry.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServArpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.24
diffServArpEntryThe conceptual row for diffServArpTable.
DiffServArpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.24.1
diffServArpAclNameThe name of an ACL. Within a feature, a unique name is used to identify the list to which the entry belongs in the device.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.24.1.1
diffServTcamMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.25
diffServTcamTotalPolicyControlEntriesThe total number of policy control entries.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.25.1
diffServTcamFreePolicyControlEntriesThe free number of policy control entries.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.25.2
diffServTcamUtilizationTCAM utilization in hundredths of a percent.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.25.3
diffServTcamEntriesUsedBySystemThe number of policy control entries used by system.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.25.4
diffServTcamEntriesUsedByUserThe number of policy control entries used by user.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.25.5
diffServAclHwCounterTableTable for differentiated services hardware counter on each port.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServAclHwCounterEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26
diffServAclHwCounterEntryEntry for differentiated services hardware counter on each port.
DiffServAclHwCounterEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26.1
diffServAclHwCounterIfIndexThis object is the interface index of diffServPortEntry. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.ro
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26.1.1
diffServAclHwCounterDirectionIndicates a particular direction of traffic.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26.1.2
diffServAclHwCounterAclIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry in the ACL table.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26.1.3
diffServAclHwCounterAceIndexAn index that uniquely identifies an entry of an ACL. This entry might be a compressed ACE (which index is bigger than SYS_ADPT_MAX_NBRS_OF_ACE_OF_SYSTEM) with multiple user configured ACEs, and the index of compressed ACE will not show in ACE table.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26.1.4
diffServAclHwCounterAceHitCountSpecifies the hardware counter of an ACE entry.ro
Unsigned32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.26.1.5
diffServPolicyMapPortTableTable for policy map of each port.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServPolicyMapPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.27
diffServPolicyMapPortEntryEntry for diffServPolicyMapPortTable.
DiffServPolicyMapPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.27.1
diffServPolicyMapPortIfIndexThis object is the interface index of DiffServPolicyMapPortEntry. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.27.1.1
diffServPolicyMapPortDirectionIndicates this policy map effect to which direction of traffic.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.27.1.2
diffServPolicyMapPortPolicyMapIndexSpecifies the policy map index binded to the interface. The policy map identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same DiffServPolicyMapEntry as identified by the same value of diffServPolicyMapIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.27.1.3
diffServPolicyMapPortStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table.The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.27.1.4
diffServAccessGroupTableTable for specifies access group for ACL on each port.
SEQUENCE OF DiffServAccessGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28
diffServAccessGroupEntryEntry for diffServAccessGroupTable.
DiffServAccessGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1
diffServAccessGroupIfIndexThis object is the interface index of diffServAccessGroupEntry. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB. If support global ACL, using the specific ifindex(65535).
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.1
diffServAccessGroupDirectionIndicates this access group effect on which direction of traffic.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.2
diffServAccessGroupTypeSpecifies the access group type, only supports binding one ACL on a port.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.3
diffServAccessGroupAclIndexSpecifies the ACL index applied to this access group. The index uniquely identifies an entry in diffServAclTable.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.4
diffServAccessGroupTimeRangeNameThe name of the time range entry bound to the access group. This object should be equal to one of the timeRangeName objects in timeRangeTable.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.5
diffServAccessGroupCounterStatusThe acl counter enable status of this access group.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.6
diffServAccessGroupStatusThis object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in this table.The status column has six defined values: The status column has six defined values: - 'active', which indicates that the conceptual row is available for use by the managed device; - 'notInService', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is unavailable for use by the managed device (see NOTE below); - 'notReady', which indicates that the conceptual row exists in the agent, but is missing information necessary in order to be available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndGo', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row and to have its status automatically set to active, making it available for use by the managed device; - 'createAndWait', which is supplied by a management station wishing to create a new instance of a conceptual row (but not make it available for use by the managed device); and, - 'destroy', which is supplied by a management station wishing to delete all of the instances associated with an existing conceptual row. Whereas five of the six values (all except 'notReady') may be specified in a management protocol set operation, only three values will be returned in response to a management protocol retrieval operation: 'notReady', 'notInService' or 'active'. That is, when queried, an existing conceptual row has only three states: it is either available for use by the managed device (the status column has value 'active'); it is not available for use by the managed device, though the agent has sufficient information to make it so (the status column has value 'notInService'); or, it is not available for use by the managed device, and an attempt to make it so would fail because the agent has insufficient information (the state column has value 'notReady'). For a detailed description of this object, please refer to SNMPv2-TC MIB.rw
RowStatus (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.16.4.28.1.7
securityMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17
privateVlanMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1
privateVlanStatusThis controls whether private VLAN is enabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.1
privateVlanUplinkPortsThis is the list of uplink ports for private VLAN. They should not overlap with privateVlanDownlinkPorts. 0 will be displayed if the privateVlanStatus is disabled. You must enable the privateVlanStatus before setting this variable.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.2
privateVlanDownlinkPortsThis is the list of downlink ports for private VLAN. They should not overlap with privateVlanUplinkPorts. Multiple port setting is permitted. 0 will be displayed if the privateVlanStatus is disabled. You must enable the privateVlanStatus before setting this variable.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.3
privateVlanVlanTableA table containing private VLAN information on the VLANs which currently exist.
SEQUENCE OF PrivateVlanVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.4
privateVlanVlanEntryA conceptual row containing the private VLAN information on the VLANs for a particular management domain.
PrivateVlanVlanEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.4.1
privateVlanVlanIndexThe VLAN ID of this private VLAN.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.4.1.1
privateVlanVlanTypeThe VLAN type as defined for Private VLAN feature. Set the value to invalid(1) to destroy an entry. Set other values to create an entry. If an index already exists, set others to modifiy it. Note that a VLAN's private VLAN type cannot be changed once it has any port members.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.4.1.2
privateVlanAssoicatedPrimaryVlanThe VLAN ID of the associated primary VLAN used for the private VLAN feature if privateVlanVlanType has the value of isolated(3), community(4). If privateVlanVlanType has the value of primary(2), then this object has the value of 0. Note that one isolated VLAN can only be associated with one unique primary VLAN. One primary VLAN can only be associated with one isolated VLAN. One primary VLAN can be associated with multiple community VLANs; one community VLAN can only be associated with one unique primary VLAN.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.4.1.3
privateVlanPrivatePortTableA table containing information on the configuration of secondary VLANs on the device ports.
SEQUENCE OF PrivateVlanPrivatePortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.5
privateVlanPrivatePortEntryA conceptual row containing information of the configuration of secondary VLANs for each port. An entry is created by the managed system for each interface which can be configured as a private port for Private VLAN feature.
PrivateVlanPrivatePortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.5.1
privateVlanPrivatePortIfIndexThis is defined as the ifIndex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.5.1.1
privateVlanPrivatePortSecondaryVlanThe VLAN ID of the secondary VLAN configured on this private port. A private port is a port that allows ingress traffic of the secondary VLAN as well as egress traffic of its associated primary VLAN, but blocks the egress traffic of the isolated VLAN while allowing the egress traffic of the community or twoWayCommunity VLAN depending on the type of the secondary VLAN. Note that a port can join a secondary VLAN only after this secondary VLAN has been associated with a primary VLAN, i.e., the cpvlanVlanAssociatedPrimaryVlan has a non-zero value. The default value of 0 for this object means this port has not yet joined a secondary VLAN.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.5.1.2
privateVlanPromPortTableA table containing secondary VLAN to primary VLAN remapping information on ports of the device.
SEQUENCE OF PrivateVlanPromPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6
privateVlanPromPortEntryA conceptual row containing secondary VLAN to primary VLAN remapping information for each port. An entry is created by the managed system for each interface which can be configured as a promiscuous port for the private VLAN feature.
PrivateVlanPromPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1
privateVlanPromPortIfIndexThis is defined as ifIndex.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1.1
privateVlanPromPortPrimaryVlanIdThe primary VLAN ID of the promiscous port.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1.2
privateVlanPromPortSecondaryRemapA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN in the management domain on this port. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 0 through 7; the second octet to VLANs 8 through 15; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. Note that if the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any 'missing' octets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit any zero-valued octets from the end of this string in order to reduce SetPDU size, and the agent may also omit zero-valued trailing octets, to reduce the size of GetResponse PDUs.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1.3
privateVlanPromPortSecondaryRemap2kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 2047 in the management domain on this port. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 1024 through 1031; the second octet to VLANs 1032 through 1039; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. Note that if the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any 'missing' octets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit any zero-valued octets from the end of this string in order to reduce SetPDU size, and the agent may also omit zero-valued trailing octets, to reduce the size of GetResponse PDUs. This object is only instantiated on devices which support the range of VlanIndexOrZero up to 4095.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1.4
privateVlanPromPortSecondaryRemap3kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048 through 3071 in the management domain on this port. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 2048 through 2055; the second octet to VLANs 2056 through 2063; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. Note that if the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any 'missing' octets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit any zero-valued octets from the end of this string in order to reduce SetPDU size, and the agent may also omit zero-valued trailing octets, to reduce the size of GetResponse PDUs. This object is only instantiated on devices which support the range of VlanIndexOrZero up to 4095.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1.5
privateVlanPromPortSecondaryRemap4kA string of octets containing one bit per VLAN for VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072 through 4095 in the management domain on this port. The first octet corresponds to VLANs with VlanIndexOrZero values of 3072 through 3079; the second octet to VLANs 3080 through 3087; etc. The most significant bit of each octet corresponds to the lowest value VlanIndexOrZero in that octet. Note that if the length of this string is less than 128 octets, any 'missing' octets are assumed to contain the value zero. An NMS may omit any zero-valued octets from the end of this string in order to reduce SetPDU size, and the agent may also omit zero-valued trailing octets, to reduce the size of GetResponse PDUs. This object is only instantiated on devices which support the range of VlanIndexOrZero up to 4095.ro
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.6.1.6
privateVlanSessionTableContains the settings for private VLAN Session.
SEQUENCE OF PrivateVlanSessionEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.8
privateVlanSessionEntryA conceptual row in the privateVlanSession table.
PrivateVlanSessionEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.8.1
privateVlanSessionIdThe session ID that may specifiy a certain entry in the table which contains private VLAN session information.
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.8.1.1
privateVlanSessionUplinkPortsThis is the list of uplink ports for a session of private VLAN. They should not overlap with the privateVlanSessionPortDownlink of the same session, and they also should not overlap with the privateVlanSessionPortUplink and the privateVlanSessionPortDownlink of other session.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.8.1.2
privateVlanSessionDownlinkPortsThis is the list of downlink ports for a session of private VLAN. They should not overlap with the privateVlanSessionPortUplink of the same session, and they also should not overlap with the privateVlanSessionPortUplink and the privateVlanSessionPortDownlink of other session.rw
PortList (Q-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.8.1.3
privateVlanSessionStatusSet this to valid(1) to create an entry. Sets this to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.1.8.1.4
portSecurityMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2
portSecPortTableThe port security(MAC binding) Table.
SEQUENCE OF PortSecPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.1
portSecPortEntryThe entry of portSecPortTable.
PortSecPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.1.1
portSecPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.1.1.1
portSecPortStatusSet enabled(1) to enable port security and set disabled(2) to disable port security.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.1.1.2
portSecActionThe corresponding actions that will take place when a port is under intrusion, when this variable is set to none(1), no action will be performed, when this variable is set to trap(2), a swPortSecurityTrap trap will be sent, when this variable is set to shutdown(3), the port will shutdown, when this variable is set to trapAndShutdown(4), a swPortSecurityTrap will be sent and the port will shutdown.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.1.1.3
portSecMaxMacCountThe maximun number of MAC addresses that will be learned and locked. When we change the value of this variable, if the portSecPortStatus is enabled, we will discard all secure MAC and begin to learn again, until the number of MAC has reached this value, and only the secure MAC addresses can enter this port. If the portSecPortStatus is disabled, we will begin to learn the MAC, and auto enable the portSecPortStatus when the MAC has reached this value.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.1.1.4
portSecMacAsPermanentMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.6
portSecMacAsPermanentPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB. Specifies the interface to convert the learnt secured MAC address into manual configured. '0' represents that no interface is specified.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.6.1
portSecMacAsPermanentActionSet action(2) to convert the learnt secured MAC address into manual configured. When action finsh or no action, the value of this object is noAction(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.2.6.2
radiusMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4
radiusServerGlobalAuthPortAuthentication port number for RADIUS server. When specified radius server does not set authentication port number, this value is used.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.1
radiusServerGlobalAcctPortAccounting port number of RADIUS server. When specified radius server does not set accounting port number, this value is used.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.2
radiusServerGlobalKeyKey for RADIUS. This variable can only be written. When this variable is read, it always returns a zero-length string. When specified radius server does not set key, this this value is used.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.3
radiusServerGlobalRetransmitMaximum number of retransmissions for RADIUS. When specified radius server does not set maximum number of retransmissions, this value is used.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.4
radiusServerGlobalTimeoutTimeout for RADIUS. When specified radius server does not set timeout, this value is used.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.5
radiusServerTableThe table for RADIUS server.
SEQUENCE OF RadiusServerEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7
radiusServerEntryThe conceptual row for radiusServerTable.
RadiusServerEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1
radiusServerIndexThe RADIUS server index in the table.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.1
radiusServerAddressIP address of a RADIUS server.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.2
radiusServerAuthPortNumberAuthentication port number of RADIUS server.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.3
radiusServerAcctPortNumberAccounting port number of RADIUS server.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.4
radiusServerKeyKey for RADIUS. This variable can only be written. When this variable is read, it always returns a zero-length string.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.5
radiusServerRetransmitTimeout for RADIUS.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.6
radiusServerTimeoutTimeout for RADIUS.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.7
radiusServerStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.4.7.1.8
tacacsMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5
tacacsPlusServerGlobalPortNumberTCP port number of TACACS+ server. When specified TACACS+ server does not set TCP port number, this this value is used.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.2
tacacsPlusServerGlobalKeyThe encryption key used to encrpt the traffic between client and TACACS+ server. Do not use blank spaces in the string. This variable can only be set. When this variable is read, it always returns a zero-length string. When specified TACACS+ server does not set the encryption key , this this value is used.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.3
tacacsPlusServerTableThe table for TACACS+ server.
SEQUENCE OF TacacsPlusServerEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4
tacacsPlusServerEntryThe conceptual row for tacacsPlusServerTable.
TacacsPlusServerEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4.1
tacacsPlusServerIndexTACACS+ server index.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4.1.1
tacacsPlusServerAddressIP address of a TACACS+ server.rw
IpAddress
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4.1.2
tacacsPlusServerPortNumberTCP port number of a TACACS+ server.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4.1.3
tacacsPlusServerKeyThe encryption key used to encrpt the traffic between client and TACACS+ server. Do not use blank spaces in the string. This variable can only be set. When this variable is read, it always returns a zero-length string.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4.1.4
tacacsPlusServerStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.5.4.1.8
sshMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6
sshServerStatusThe status of Secure Shell Server. Set this value to enabled(1) to enable SSH server, set this value to disabled(2) to disable the SSH server.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.1
sshServerMajorVersionThe major version of the SSH Server.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.2
sshServerMinorVersionThe minor version of the SSH Server.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.3
sshTimeoutThe time interval that the router waits for the SSH client to respond. The range is 1-120.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.4
sshAuthRetriesThe number of attempts after which the interface is reset. The range is 1-5.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.5
sshConnInfoTableThe table for Secure Shell Connection.
SEQUENCE OF SshConnInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6
sshConnInfoEntryThe conceptual row for sshConnInfoTable.
SshConnInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1
sshConnIDThe connection ID of the Secure Shell Connection.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.1
sshConnMajorVersionThe SSH major version.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.2
sshConnMinorVersionThe SSH minor version.ro
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.3
sshConnStatusThe SSH connection State. negotiationStart(1) means the SSH is in its negotiation start state, authenticationStart(2) means the SSH is in authentication start state, sessionStart(3) means the SSH is in session start State.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.5
sshConnUserNameThe user name of the connection.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.6
sshDisconnectSet the variable to disconnect the connection, noDisconnect(1) will always be obtained when reading this variable.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.7
sshConnEncryptionTypeStrThe encryption type of the SSH.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.6.1.8
sshKeySizeThe SSH server key size.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.7
sshRsaHostKey1The RSA host key segment 1.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.8
sshRsaHostKey2The RSA host key segment 2.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.9
sshRsaHostKey3The RSA host key segment 3.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.10
sshRsaHostKey4The RSA host key segment 4.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.11
sshRsaHostKey5The RSA host key segment 5.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.12
sshRsaHostKey6The RSA host key segment 6.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.13
sshRsaHostKey7The RSA host key segment 7.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.14
sshRsaHostKey8The RSA host key segment 8.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.15
sshDsaHostKey1The DSA host key segment 1.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.16
sshDsaHostKey2The DSA host key segment 2.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.17
sshDsaHostKey3The DSA host key segment 3.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.18
sshDsaHostKey4The DSA host key segment 4.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.19
sshDsaHostKey5The DSA host key segment 5.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.20
sshDsaHostKey6The DSA host key segment 6.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.21
sshDsaHostKey7The DSA host key segment 7.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.22
sshDsaHostKey8The DSA host key segment 8.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.23
sshHostKeyGenActionThis variable is for host key generating. For the set behavior: Set it to genRsaKey(2) to generate the RSA host key, and to genDsaKey(3) to generate the DSA host key, if genBothKeys(4) is set, both RSA and DSA host key are generated. For the get behavior: You will get genRsaKey(2), genDsaKey(3) or genBothKeys(4) when the key gen action is in progress. otherwise, you will get noGen(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.24
sshHostKeyGenStatusThe result of the last KeyGen status. if no key gen action has been performed. you will get unknown(1) status.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.25
sshHostKeySaveActionTo save host key from memory to flash. For the set behavior: Set it to save(2) to perform the save operation. For the get behavior: You will get save(1) when the save action is in progress. Otherwise, you will get noSave(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.26
sshHostKeySaveStatusThe result of the last savekey status. If no save action has been performed, you will get unknown(1) status.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.27
sshHostKeyDelActionTo delete the host key. For the set behavior: Set it to delRsaKey(2) to delete the RSA host key, to delDsaKey(3) to delete the DSA host key, or to delBothKeys(4) to delete both RSA and DSA host key. For the get behavior: You will get delRsaKey(2), delDsaKey(3) or delBothKeys(4) when the delete operation is in progress. Otherwise, you will get noDel(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.28
sshUserTableThe conceptual table of all of sshUserEntry.
SEQUENCE OF SshUserEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29
sshUserEntryThe conceptual row for sshUserTable.
SshUserEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1
sshUserNameUser Name.
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.1
sshUserRsaKey1The RSA user key segment 1.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.2
sshUserRsaKey2The RSA user key segment 2.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.3
sshUserRsaKey3The RSA user key segment 3.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.4
sshUserRsaKey4The RSA user key segment 4.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.5
sshUserRsaKey5The RSA user key segment 5.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.6
sshUserRsaKey6The RSA user key segment 6.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.7
sshUserRsaKey7The RSA user key segment 7.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.8
sshUserRsaKey8The RSA user key segment 8.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.9
sshUserDsaKey1The DSA user key segment 1.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.10
sshUserDsaKey2The DSA user key segment 2.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.11
sshUserDsaKey3The DSA user key segment 3.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.12
sshUserDsaKey4The DSA user key segment 4.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.13
sshUserDsaKey5The DSA user key segment 5.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.14
sshUserDsaKey6The DSA user key segment 6.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.15
sshUserDsaKey7The DSA user key segment 7.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.16
sshUserDsaKey8The DSA user key segment 8.ro
KeySegment
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.17
sshUserKeyDelActionTo delete the user key. For the set behavior: Set it to delRsaKey(2) to delete the RSA user key, to delDsaKey(3) to delete the DSA user key, or to delBothKeys(4) to delete both RSA and DSA user key. For the get behavior: You will get delRsaKey(2), delDsaKey(3) or delBothKeys(4) when the delete operation is in progress. Otherwise, you will get noDel(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.29.1.18
sshRsaHostKeySHA1FingerPrintThe SHA1 finger print of the RSA host key.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.30
sshRsaHostKeyMD5FingerPrintThe MD5 finger print of RSA host key.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.31
sshDsaHostKeySHA1FingerPrintThe SHA1 finger print of the DSA host key.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.32
sshDsaHostKeyMD5FingerPrintThe MD5 finger print of the DSA host key.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.6.33
aclMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.7
aclAttachCtlMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.7.13
aclAttachCtlIndexIndex for attachment control. Specifies the ACL as the target to relate with the IP ACE, the MAC ACE or IPv6 ACE. The ACL identified by a particular value of this index is associated with the same aclEntry as identified by the same value of aclIndex.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.7.13.1
aclAttachCtlAceTypeType for attachment control. Specifies the type of aclAttachCtlAceIndex to relate with the aclAttachCtlIndex. When the type is macAce(1), the index of aclAceIndexList is the aclMacAceEntry. When the type is ipAce(2), the index of aclAceIndexList is the aclIpAceEntry. When the type is ipv6Ace(3), the index of aclAceIndexList is the aclIpv6AceEntry.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.7.13.2
aclAttachCtlAceIndexIndex for attachment control. Specifies the ACE to relate with the aclAttachCtlIndex. When aclAttachCtlAceType is macAce(1), the value of aclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServMacAceEntry. When aclAttachCtlAceType is ipAce(2), the value of aclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServIpAceEntry. When aclAttachCtlAceType is ipv6Ace(3), the value of aclAttachCtlIndex is the diffServIpv6AceEntry.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.7.13.3
aclAttachCtlActionAction for attachment control. When setting this object to attach(2) to begin the attaching operation, a particular ACE is attached to a particular ACL. When setting this object to detach(3) to begin the not attached operation, then a particular ACE is not attached to a particular ACL. When the action is finshed whether successfully or not, or no action is taken, the value of this object always is noAction(1), The value of a particular ACL is specified in the aclAttachCtlAceType and aclAttachCtlAceIndex.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.7.13.4
ipFilterMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9
ipFilterSnmpInetTableA list of IP address entries.
SEQUENCE OF IpFilterSnmpInetEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.12
ipFilterSnmpInetEntryThis entry includes an IP address range which the system will allow to connect to this device through SNMP.
IpFilterSnmpInetEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.12.1
ipFilterSnmpInetAddressTypeThe type of IP address filter. Only supports IPv4 and IPv6 address types.
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.12.1.1
ipFilterSnmpInetAddressStartThe start IP address.
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.12.1.2
ipFilterSnmpInetAddressEndThe end IP address.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.12.1.3
ipFilterSnmpInetStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.12.1.4
ipFilterHttpInetTableA list of IP address entries.
SEQUENCE OF IpFilterHttpInetEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.13
ipFilterHttpInetEntryThis entry includes an IP address range which the system will allow to connect to this device through SNMP.
IpFilterHttpInetEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.13.1
ipFilterHttpInetAddressTypeThe type of IP address filter . Only supports IPv4 and IPv6 address types.
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.13.1.1
ipFilterHttpInetAddressStartThe start IP address.
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.13.1.2
ipFilterHttpInetAddressEndThe end IP address.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.13.1.3
ipFilterHttpInetStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.13.1.4
ipFilterTelnetInetTableA list of IP address entries.
SEQUENCE OF IpFilterTelnetInetEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.14
ipFilterTelnetInetEntryThis entry includes an IP address range which the system will allow to connect to this device through SNMP.
IpFilterTelnetInetEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.14.1
ipFilterTelnetInetAddressTypeThe type of IP address filter . Only supports IPv4 and IPv6 address types.
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.14.1.1
ipFilterTelnetInetAddressStartThe start IP address.
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.14.1.2
ipFilterTelnetInetAddressEndThe end IP address.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.14.1.3
ipFilterTelnetInetStatusSetting this to valid(1) creates an entry. Setting this to invalid(2) destroys an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.14.1.4
ipFilterAllClientCtl
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.15
ipFilterAllClientCtlInetAddressTypeThe type of IP address filter. Only supports IPv4 and IPv6 address types.rw
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.15.1
ipFilterAllClientCtlInetAddressStartThe start IP address.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.15.2
ipFilterAllClientCtlInetAddressEndThe end IP address.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.15.3
ipFilterAllClientCtlActionAction for IP filter control. Set this object to create(2) to create entries in the ipFilterSnmpInetTable, ipFilterHttpInetTable and ipFilterTelnetInetTable. Set this object to destroy(3) to destroy specified entries in the ipFilterSnmpInetTable, ipFilterHttpInetTable and ipFilterTelnetInetTable. When the action is finshed, whether successfully or not, or no action is taken, the value of this object is always noAction(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.9.15.4
userAuthMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10
userAuthEnablePasswordSet enable password or delete enable password. NULL is used to delete the enable password. The password is starting with alphanumeric.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.3
userAuthMethodSet user authencation method for system.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.4
userAuthTableThis table is for creating the new user.
SEQUENCE OF UserAuthEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5
userAuthEntryEntries in this table correspond to the users entries in system.
UserAuthEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5.1
userAuthUserNameThe name of the user. The user name is starting with alphanumeric.
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5.1.1
userAuthPasswordSpecifies the user password. zero length input will set the user enrty without password. If the user does s not exist, it will create the user with the given password and privilege 0. The password starts with alphanumeric.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5.1.2
userAuthPrivilegeSpecifies the user level. If the user does not exist, it will create the user with the given privilege with no password. Privilege 15 is maximum privilege that only can be applied to system administrator.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5.1.3
userAuthPublicKeyUser public key, the value can be 'RSA' or 'DSA' or 'Both' or 'None'.ro
DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5.1.4
userAuthStatusThis node is used to create the user entry by '1' and to delete one user entry by '0'.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.10.5.1.5
dot1xMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11
dot1xAuthConfigExtTableThe extension table of dot1xAuthConfigTable.
SEQUENCE OF Dot1xAuthConfigExtEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11.1
dot1xAuthConfigExtEntryThe entry of dot1xAuthConfigExtTable.
Dot1xAuthConfigExtEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11.1.1
dot1xAuthConfigExtOperModeThe operation mode of dot1x port which allows host connection to 802.1x-authorized ports.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11.1.1.1
dot1xAuthConfigExtMultiHostMaxCntThe maximum number of hosts when the dot1xAuthConfigExtOperMode is multiHost(2). When the operation Mode is singleHost(1), we can ignore this variable.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11.1.1.2
dot1xAuthConfigExtPortIntrusionActionResponses to intrusion when the authentication has failed; block-traffic(1) means that to block traffic when the authentication has failed and guest-vlan(2) means that to join to a guest VLAN when the authentication has failed.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11.1.1.3
dot1xEapolPassThroughWhen this variable is enabled(1), EAPOL frames will be forwarded to all ports where the Spanning Tree status is forwarding. When this variable is disabled(2), EAPOL frames will be discarded. EAPOL Pass-Through operates when the global status of 802.1X is disabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.11.3
aaaMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12
aaaMethodTableContains the settings needed for accounting.
SEQUENCE OF AaaMethodEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1
aaaMethodEntryA conceptual row in the aaaMethodTable.
AaaMethodEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1
aaaMethodIndexSpecifies the index for the entry.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.1
aaaMethodNameName for the method.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.2
aaaMethodGroupNameName for the server to use, pointing to aaaRadiusGroupName or aaaTacacsPlusGroupName.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.3
aaaMethodModestart-stop(1),sends a 'start' accounting notice at the beginning of a process and a 'stop' accounting notice at the end of a process. The 'start' accounting record is sent in the background. The requested user process begins regardless of whether or not the 'start' accounting notice was received by the accounting server.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.4
aaaMethodStatusSet to 1 to initiate the aaaMethodTable, 2 to destroy the table.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.5
aaaMethodClientTypedot1x(1): Provides accounting service for 802.1x activity; exec(2): Provides accounting service for EXEC connection such as Telnet, SSH or console; commands(3): Provides accounting service for command privileges.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.6
aaaMethodPrivilegeLevelSpecifies the privilege level for the entry. When aaaMethodClientType is in the mode of command(3), the privilege level is enabled to be accessed.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.1.1.7
aaaRadiusGroupTableUses a subset of RADIUS servers for accounting as defined by the server group
SEQUENCE OF AaaRadiusGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.2
aaaRadiusGroupEntryA conceptual row of aaaRadiusGroupEntry.
AaaRadiusGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.2.1
aaaRadiusGroupIndexSpecifies the index for the entry.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.2.1.1
aaaRadiusGroupServerBitMapIdentifies which RADIUS sever to use, each bit points to each radius server. 80 (1000 0000) points to radius server 1, C0 (11000000) points to radius 1 and radius 2.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.2.1.2
aaaRadiusGroupNameUses a subset of servers for accounting as defined by the server group. The same name as aaaTacasPlusGroupName is not allowed.rw
DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.2.1.3
aaaRadiusGroupStatusSet to 1 to initiate the aaaRadiusGroupTable, 2 to destroy the table.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.2.1.4
aaaTacacsPlusGroupTableUses a subset of TACACS+ servers for accounting as defined by the server group
SEQUENCE OF AaaTacacsPlusGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.3
aaaTacacsPlusGroupEntryA conceptual row of aaaTacacsPlusGroupEntry.
AaaTacacsPlusGroupEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.3.1
aaaTacacsPlusGroupIndexSpecifies the index for the entry.
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.3.1.1
aaaTacacsPlusGroupServerBitMapIdentifies which TACACS+ sever to use.rw
OCTET STRING
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.3.1.2
aaaTacacsPlusGroupNameUses a subset of servers for accounting as defined by the server group. We can't have the same name as aaaRadiusGroupNamerw
DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.3.1.3
aaaTacacsPlusGroupStatusSet to 1 to initiate the aaaRadiusGroupTable, 2 to destroy the table.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.3.1.4
aaaUpdateSpecifies the periodic interim accounting records to be sent to the accounting server and periodic intervals to send accounting update records(in minutes).rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.4
aaaAccountTableSpecifies an interface or a set of interfaces that the accounting method list will be applied to.
SEQUENCE OF AaaAccountEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.5
aaaAccountEntryA conceptual row of aaaAccountTable.
AaaAccountEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.5.1
aaaAccountIfIndexDefined as the ifIndex
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.5.1.1
aaaAccountMethodNameSpecifies the name of the list of accounting methods to use. If no method name is specified, the system uses the default.rw
DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.5.1.2
aaaAccountProtocolGet the protocol type of a list method to know which server (RADIUS or TACACS+) is in use.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.5.1.3
aaaAccountStatusSet to 1 to initiate the aaaRadiusGroupTable, 2 to destroy the table.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.5.1.4
aaaCommandPrivilegesTableContains the settings needed for command privileges.
SEQUENCE OF AaaCommandPrivilegesEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.8
aaaCommandPrivilegesEntryA conceptual row in the aaaCommandPrivilegesTable.
AaaCommandPrivilegesEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.8.1
aaaCommandPrivilegesLevelSpecifies the privilege level index for the entry.
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.8.1.1
aaaCommandPrivilegesInterfaceIndexSpecifies the interface index for the entry.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.8.1.2
aaaCommandPrivilegesMethodNameSpecifies the method name in the lists under the mode of command privileges.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.8.1.3
aaaAccExecTableSpecifies an interface or a set of interfaces that the accounting method list will be applied to.
SEQUENCE OF AaaAccExecEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.9
aaaAccExecEntryA conceptual row of aaaAccExecTable.
AaaAccExecEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.9.1
aaaAccExecIndexThe method of accessing CLI management.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.9.1.1
aaaAccExecMethodNameSpecifies the name of the list of accounting methods to use. If no method name is specified, the system uses the default.rw
DisplayString (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.12.9.1.2
networkAccessMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13
networkAccessPortTableA table containing the information of network access about every port.
SEQUENCE OF NetworkAccessPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2
networkAccessPortEntryA conceptual row in the networkAccessPort table.
NetworkAccessPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1
networkAccessPortPortIndexThe port and the trunk (excluding trunk members) interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this port index is the same interface identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.1
networkAccessPortDynamicVlanSet enabled(1) to enable dynamic VLAN assigment and set disabled(2) to disable dynamic VLAN assigment.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.2
networkAccessPortMaxMacCountSpecifies the maximum number of authenticated MAC address.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.3
networkAccessPortModeSpecifies the secure port mode. enabled(1) means that Mac address authentication is used and disabled(2) means that the authentication is disabled.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.4
networkAccessPortMacFilterSpecifies the MAC filter ID, Set this variable to zero to disable MAC filter.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.5
networkAccessPortGuestVlanSpecifies the guest VLAN ID. To disable the VLAN, set the value to 0.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.6
networkAccessPortLinkDetectionStatusSet this object to enabled(1) to enable link detection. Set this object to disabled(2) to disable link detection.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.7
networkAccessPortLinkDetectionModeSpecifies an detection event for a port. Set this object to linkUp(1) to detect a link-up event. Set this object to linkDown(2) to detect a link-down event. Set this object to linkUpDown(3) to detect both link up and link down events.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.8
networkAccessPortLinkDetectionAcitonSpecifies the action to take when a networkAccessPortLinkDetection event is triggered. Set this object to trap(1) to send a trap when a networkAccessPortLinkDetection event is triggered. Set this object to shutDown(2) to shut down the port when a networkAccessPortLinkDetection event is triggered. Set this object to trapAndShutDown(3) to send a trap and shut down the port when a networkAccessPortLinkDetection event is triggered.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.9
networkAccessPortDynamicQosSet this object to enabled(1) to enable Dynamic QoS. Set this object to disabled(2) to disable Dynamic QoS.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.2.1.10
networkAccessClearMacAddressMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.3
networkAccessClearMacAddressAttributeAttribute for clearing Mac address. Specifies the certain attribute in Mac address table. all(1) indicates both reauthorized and learnt secure MAC address; static(2) indicates reauthorized MAC address; dynamic(3) indicates learnt secure MAC address.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.3.1
networkAccessClearMacAddressMacAddressSpecifies MAC address in the MAC address table for clearing MAC address. '000000' represents that no MAC address is specified.rw
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.3.2
networkAccessClearMacAddressPortThe specified port in the MAC address table for clearing MAC address. '0' represents that no port is specified.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.3.3
networkAccessClearMacAddressActionAction for clearing MAC address . When setting this object to clear(2) to begin the clearing MAC address operation, a particular MAC address is cleared from the MAC address table. When the action is finshed whether or not it is successful or no action is taken, the value of this object is always noclear(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.3.4
networkAccessMacAddressTableContains the information of network access MAC addresses.
SEQUENCE OF NetworkAccessMacAddressEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4
networkAccessMacAddressEntryA conceptual row in the networkAccessMacAddress table.
NetworkAccessMacAddressEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1
networkAccessMacAddressAddressSpecifies the authenticated MAC address.
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1.1
networkAccessMacAddressPortSpecifies the port of authenticated MAC address.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1.2
networkAccessMacAddressInetAddressTypeThis object indicates the type of IP address denoted in networkAccessMacAddressRadiusServerInetAddress type.ro
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1.3
networkAccessMacAddressRadiusServerInetAddressDisplays the IP address of radius server that authenticates the specified Mac address.ro
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1.4
networkAccessMacAddressTimeDisplays the authentication time of the authenticated MAC address. The following form is a text string; 'yyyy MMm DDd HHh MMm SSs'. 'yyyy' is a four-digit year. 'MM' is a month. A single-digit month is preceded by a zero. 'DD' is the day of a month. A single-digit day is preceded by the value zero. 'HH', 'MM' and 'SS' are hour, minute, and second respectively. A single-digit hour, minute, and second are preceded by a zero value. An example is: '2001y 01m 01d 00h 04m 43s'.ro
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1.5
networkAccessMacAddressAttributeDisplays the attribute of an authenticated MAC address. static(1) indicates resauthorized secure MAC address. dynamic(2) indicates learnt secure MAC address.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.4.1.6
networkAccessAgingSet this object to enabled(1) to enable MAC address aging feature. Set this object to disabled(2) to disable MAC address aging feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.5
networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskTableContains the settings for MAC filter.
SEQUENCE OF NetworkAccessMacFilterWithMaskEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.6
networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskEntryA conceptual row in the networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskTable.
NetworkAccessMacFilterWithMaskEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.6.1
networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskIDSpecifies the MAC filter ID.
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.6.1.1
networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskMacAddressSpecifies the MAC address to be filtered.
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.6.1.2
networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskMacAddressMaskSpecifies the MAC mask to be filtered.
MacAddress (SNMPv2-TC)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.6.1.3
networkAccessMacFilterWithMaskStatusSet this object to valid(1) to create an entry. Set this object to invalid(2) to destroy an entry.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.13.6.1.4
macAuthMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14
macAuthReauthTimeSpecifies the reauthentication time period.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14.1
macAuthPortTableContains the settings for mac authentication of each port.
SEQUENCE OF MacAuthPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14.2
macAuthPortEntryA conceptual row in the macAuthPort table.
MacAuthPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14.2.1
macAuthPortIndexThe port and the trunk (including trunk members) interface of the port table. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14.2.1.1
macAuthPortMaxMacCountSpecifies the maximum number of authenticated MAC addresses for MAC authentication.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14.2.1.2
macAuthPortIntrusionActionResponses to intrusion when the authentication is failed. block-traffic(1) : denies network access to an unauthorized client; pass-traffic(2) : allows unauthorized clients to the access network.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.14.2.1.3
webAuthMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15
webAuthSystemAuthControlSets enabled(1) to enable WebAuth feature and sets disabled(2) to disable WebAuth feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.1
webAuthSessionTimeoutFor authenticated success users, they can use internet service during a certain period. Whenever this period expires, users need to be re-authenticated again. This period is called session time.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.5
webAuthQuietPeriodSpecifies the re-authentication interval when the authentication fail attempts reach the webAuthLoginAttempts value. Unauthenticated user won't be authenticated during this period.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.6
webAuthLoginAttemptsSpecifies the counter that configures the authentication fail times for a client. If authentication fail times reaches the specified value, the client are not allowed to login for some period.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.7
webAuthReauthenticateMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.8
webAuthReauthenticatePortSpecifies the port to re-authenticate for all of its authenticated hosts.rw
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.8.1
webAuthReauthenticateInetAddressTypeSpecifies host type to re-authenticate.rw
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.8.2
webAuthReauthenticateInetAddressSpecificies host to re-authenticate.rw
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.8.3
webAuthReauthenticateActionAction for WebAuth re-authenication. When setting this object to reauth(2) to begin the re-authenticated operation, a particular user is re-authenticated. When the action is finshed whether it is successfully, or no action is taken, the value of this object is always noReauth(1).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.8.4
webAuthPortConfigTableContains the settings for web authentication of each port.
SEQUENCE OF WebAuthPortConfigEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.9
webAuthPortConfigEntryA conceptual row in the webAuthPortConfigTable.
WebAuthPortConfigEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.9.1
webAuthPortConfigPortIndexThe port number of the port that may specify a certain entry in the table which contains web authentication information.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.9.1.1
webAuthPortConfigStatusSet enabled(1) to enable web authentication feature for each port and set disabled(2) to disable web authentication for each port.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.9.1.2
webAuthPortConfigAuthenticatedHostCountDisplays the authenticated host counts for each portro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.9.1.3
webAuthPortInfoTableContains the information for web authentication of each port.
SEQUENCE OF WebAuthPortInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10
webAuthPortInfoEntryA conceptual row in the webAuthPortTable.
WebAuthPortInfoEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1
webAuthPortInfoPortIndexThe port number for which this entry contains web authentication information.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1.1
webAuthPortInfoPortAuthSuccessIndexThe authentication success number of port for which this entry contains web authentication information.
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1.2
webAuthPortInfoInetAddressTypeThis object indicates the type of IP address denoted in webAuthPortInfoIpAddress type.ro
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1.3
webAuthPortInfoInetAddressThe IP address which may specify the entry containing web authentication information.ro
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1.4
webAuthPortInfoRemainingSessiontimeThe remaining session time for authenticated hosts. During this period, they may use internet resource. When the session time expires, they will need to re-authenticate again.ro
INTEGER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1.5
webAuthPortInfoStatusDisplays the web authentication status for each port. authenticated (1) means the user is authenticated.ro
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.15.10.1.6
dosMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16
system
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1
dosEchoChargen
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.1
dosEchoChargenStatusThe status of Echo/Chargen protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.1.1
dosEchoChargenRateLimitInKiloValue of the rate limit for Echo/Chargen packets. The unit is kilobits per second.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.1.2
dosSmurf
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.3
dosSmurfStatusThe status of Smurf protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.3.1
dosTcpFlooding
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.4
dosTcpFloodingStatusThe status of TCP flooding protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.4.1
dosTcpFloodingRateLimitInKiloValue of the rate limit for TCP flooding packets. The unit is kilobits per second.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.4.2
dosTcpNullScan
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.5
dosTcpNullScanStatusThe status of TCP Null-scan protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.5.1
dosTcpSynFinScan
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.6
dosTcpSynFinScanStatusThe status of TCP SYN FIN scan protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.6.1
dosTcpXmasScan
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.7
dosTcpXmasScanStatusThe status of TCP Xmas-scan protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.7.1
dosUdpFlooding
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.8
dosUdpFloodingStatusThe status of UDP flooding protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.8.1
dosUdpFloodingRateLimitInKiloValue of the rate limit for UDP flooding packets. The unit is kilobits per second.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.8.2
dosWinNuke
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.9
dosWinNukeStatusThe status of WinNUKE protection. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.9.1
dosWinNukeRateLimitInKiloValue of the rate limit for WinNUKE packets. The unit is kilobits per second.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.9.2
dosTcpUdpPortZero
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.11
dosTcpUdpPortZeroStatusThe status of checking for TCP/UDP packets with port 0. Set this to enabled(1) to enable the feature, and set this to disabled(2) to disable the feature.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.16.1.11.1
appFilterMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.17
appFilterPortTableThe application filter Table.
SEQUENCE OF AppFilterPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.17.1
appFilterPortEntryThe entry of appFilterPortTable.
AppFilterPortEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.17.1.1
appFilterPortIndexThe port interface of the portTable. The interface identified by a particular value of this index is the same interface as identified by the same value of ifIndex in the IF-MIB.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.17.1.1.1
appFilterProtocolTypeThe protocol type defines some specific packets which are supported on this function
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.17.1.1.2
appFilterPktStatusSet discard(1) to discard packet and set default(0) to transmit packet in default behavior.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.17.17.1.1.3
layer3Mgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18
arpMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1
arpCacheDeleteAllTo delete all dynamic entries in the ARP cache, write this variable to delete(1). Writing this variable to noDelete(2) has no effect on the device. When read, this variable always returns noDelete(2).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.1
arpCacheTimeoutTimeout is provided for entries in the ARP Cache. It is for dynamic mapping only. Static mapping by creating an entry that associates a logical address with a physical address is never aged out.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.2
arpTrafficStatistics
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.3
arpStatSendRequestPacketsThe number of ARP Request packets sent by the ARP process.ro
Counter32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.3.1
arpStatRcvRequestPacketsThe number of ARP Request packets received by the ARP process.ro
Counter32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.3.2
arpStatSendReplyPacketsThe number of ARP Reply packets sent by the ARP process.ro
Counter32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.3.3
arpStatRcvReplyPacketsThe number of ARP Reply packets received by the ARP process.ro
Counter32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.3.4
arpProxyArpTableA list of Proxy ARP status. This table has entries for all static VLANs.
SEQUENCE OF ArpProxyArpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.4
arpProxyArpEntryAn entry in the table, containing information about Proxy ARP configuration.
ArpProxyArpEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.4.1
arpProxyArpIfIndexThis is defined as a VLAN interface. A routing interface is a VLAN that binds an IP subnet.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.4.1.1
arpProxyArpStatusEnable or disable proxy ARP process on an interface.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.1.4.1.2
ripMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2
ripBasicTimers
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.1
ripUpdateBasicTimerThe update time in seconds controls the advertising of regular update messages. In the real implementation, the actual timer is this value offset by a random time (+/-50%) each time it is set.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.1.1
ripTimeoutBasicTimerThe timeout timer in seconds governs the validity of a route. It is initialized when a route is established, and any time an update message is received for the route. If the setting time elapses from the last time the timeout was initialized, the route is considered to have expired, and the hop count of the route is set to infinite. It should be at least three times the value of the update timer.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.1.2
ripGarbageCollectionBasicTimerWhen the information about a route becomes invalid, the system does not immediately purge that route from its table. Instead, it continues to advertise the route with an infinite metric. At the same time, the garbage-collection timer is set for that route. When the count reaches zero, the route is purged from the table. This timer allows neighbors to become aware of the invalidity of a route prior to purging.rw
Integer32
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.1.3
ripRoutingProcessStatusEnable or disable RIP routing process on a system.rw
EnabledStatus (P-BRIDGE-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.2
ripGlobalRouterVersionTo specify a RIP version used globally by the router. If interface version is configurated, router will use the interface configuration; and if version is not configurated on interface, router will use this global version; and if both interface and global are not configurated, router will use interface's default configuration.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.3
ripInstabilityPreventingTableA list of RIP instability preventing status.
SEQUENCE OF RipInstabilityPreventingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.4
ripInstabilityPreventingEntryAn entry in the table, containing information about RIP instability preventing configuration. The ifIndex index is a VLAN's ifIndex.
RipInstabilityPreventingEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.4.1
ripIfindexThis is defined as a VLAN interface. A routing interface is a VLAN and an IP subnet bound to it.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.4.1.1
ripSplitHorizonStatusEnable or disable RIP poison reverse on an interface.rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.4.1.2
ripStatisticsResetWrite it to reset(1), the following objects in RFC 1724 should be reset: 1. Global Counters: 'rip2GlobalRouteChanges', 'rip2GlobalQueries'. 2. Interface Status Table, for each 'rip2IfStatAddress': 'rip2IfStatRcvBadPackets', 'rip2IfStatRcvBadRoutes', 'rip2IfStatSendUpdates' 3. Peer Table, for each 'rip2PeerAddress' and 'rip2PeerDomain', 'rip2PeerRcvBadPackets', 'rip2PeerRcvBadRoutes' When read this value always is noReset(2).rw
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.5
ripNetwork
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6
ripNetworkByInetAddrTableThe RIP network address table.
SEQUENCE OF RipNetworkByInetAddrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.1
ripNetworkByInetAddrEntryA conceptual row of the ripNetworkByInetAddrTable.
RipNetworkByInetAddrEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.1.1
ripNetworkByInetAddrAddressTypeThe RIP Network address type.
InetAddressType (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.1.1.1
ripNetworkByInetAddrAddressThe RIP Network address.
InetAddress (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.1.1.2
ripNetworkByInetAddrPfxLenNetwork prefix length.
InetAddressPrefixLength (INET-ADDRESS-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.1.1.3
ripNetworkByInetAddrStatusSet this variable to create or destroy a RIP network address.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.1.1.4
ripNetworkByIfindexTableThe RIp network ifindex table.
SEQUENCE OF RipNetworkByIfindexEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.2
ripNetworkByIfindexEntryA conceptual row of the ripNetworkByIfindexTable.
RipNetworkByIfindexEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.2.1
ripNetworkIfindexThis is defined as a layer3 interface.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.2.1.1
ripNetworkByIfindexStatusSet this variable to create or destroy a RIP network ifindex table.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.6.2.1.2
ripDistributeListTableThe RIP distribute list table. It's used to filter incoming or outgoing route updates using the access-list or prefix-list.
SEQUENCE OF RipDistributeListEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7
ripDistributeListEntryA conceptual row of the ripDistributelistTable.
RipDistributeListEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7.1
ripDistributeListInterfaceIndexThe index of the interface on which distribute-list is applied, If index is 0, the filter will be applied to all the interfaces.
InterfaceIndex (IF-MIB)
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7.1.1
ripDistributeListTypeType of distribute-list applied: access-list or prefix-list.
Enumeration
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7.1.2
ripDistributeListIncomingRouteFilterNameSpecifies access-list or prefix-list name to filter incoming routing updates.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7.1.3
ripDistributeListOutgoingRouteFilterNameSpecifies access-list or prefix-list name to filter outgoing routing updates.rw
DisplayString
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7.1.4
ripDistributeListStatusSet this variable to create or destroy a distribute list.rw
ValidStatus
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.7.1.5
ripRedistributeTableThe RIP Redistribute table. Config rip redistribute type, metric.
SEQUENCE OF RipRedistributeEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.8
ripRedistributeEntryA conceptual row of the ripRedistributeTable.
RipRedistributeEntry
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.2.8.1
ospfMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.3
routeMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.18.5
sysLogMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.19
lineMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.20
sysTimeMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.23
fileMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.24
dnsMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.26
poeMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.28
stormMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.33
sysResourceMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.39
mvrMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.44
dhcpSnoopMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.46
clusterMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.47
ipSrcGuardMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.48
upnpMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.49
oamMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.52
mldSnoopMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.54
dynamicArpInspectionMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.56
pppoeiaMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.60
erpsMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.62
lbdMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.63
mvr6Mgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.66
ipv6RaGuardMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.67
udldMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.69
dhcpv6SnoopMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.71
ip6SrcGuardMgt
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.1.74
ecs4510Notifications
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
.1.3.6.1.4.1.259.10.1.24.2
erpsDomainMultiRplOwnerWarnThis value displays the multiple PPL owner warning state. It displays one of the following states (1) none (2) detected ::= { erpsDomainEntry 37 } erpsPortStatsTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF ErpsPortStatsEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTIONro
Enumeration
.ecs4510TrapsPrefix.214
ECS4510-MIB - SNMP MIB Reference | MIBs Explorer